Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Resolution - 2003-R0490 - Contract For Fire Station Renovations - D&V Construction, Inc. - 10/23/2003
Resolution No. 2003-RO490 October 23, 2003 Item No. 36 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LU 3BOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a Contract for Fire Station #12 dorm renovations, Bid #171-03/RS, by and between the City of Lubbock and D & V Construction, Inc. of Lubbock, Texas, and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council. Passed by the City Council this 23rd day of October , 2003. MARC OU AL, MAYOR ATTEST: Rebecca Garza, City Secretary APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Victor Kilma , Purchasing Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney gs/ccdocs/res-Contract-D&V Construction.res Oct. 13, 2003 Contract in original folder 2003-R0490 BOND CHECK �- BEST RATING.4 LICENSE ! EXAS DATE a CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS I"rB #171-03/RS "A City Of Planned Progress" CITY OF LUBBOCK Lubbock, Texas I v r m City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 1625 13T"STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 "` PH:(806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 http://purchasing.ci.lubbock.tx.us ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #2 ADDENDUM #2 ITB #171-03/RS Fire Station #12 Dorm Renovations MAILED TO VENDOR: September 25, 2003 CLOSE DATE: October 1, 2003 @ 2:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect. 1. Please find enclosed the revised City of Lubbock Bid Form for your bid submittal. The Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages paragraph has been changed to read: 'Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 90 (NINETY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $250 (TWO HUNDRED FIFTY) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. 2. In the General Instruction To Bidders, Page 3, Item 13 Time and Order for Completion, Paragraph 13.1 has been changed to read: "The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 90 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. 3. Sheet A4, Interior Finish Material Schedule Item Mark #4 "Ceramic Wall Tile Accent" material is to be installed at all the walls at the 111h horizontal row above the finished floor creating a continuous accent band centered approximately T-5-5/8" above finished floor. 4. Sheet A3, Enlarged Toilet Plan 02 Omit the Towel Shelf, Item Number 8, adjoining Accessible Shower #1 as directed by the Architect and replace with 24" towel bar to match Toilet Accessory, Item Number 7. 5. Sheet A3, Enlarged Toilet Plan 02 Omit the bench in the Mud Room adjoining Shower #2. Relocated the Towel Shelf, Item Number 8, in the Mud Room as directed by the Architect. 6. Specification "Earthwork", Section 02300-6 "Field Quality Control". All cost for soils testing including barrow material, subgrade suitabitities, in -place soil density's, optimum moisture -maximum density curves are to be provided by the General 171-03Add2.doc A ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #2 Contractor in the Base Bid. A minimum of three density test will be required at the subbase and for each compacted layer of fill. Contractor shall provide test reports of existing soil under the existing slab as well as for new barrow material. 7. The Base Bid is to include cost for compaction of subgrade on which the new fill will be placed. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer, City of Lubbock, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to rshuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us THANK YOU, 0 Senior Buyer It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the City of Lubbock Purchasing Manager if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid close date. A review of such notifications will be made. 171-03Addldoc r ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #2 BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT F_ PROJECT NUMBER: #171-03/RS - FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS Bid of called Bidder) (hereinafter To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. MATERIALS: ($ ) SERVICES: ($ ) TOTALBASE BID: ($ ) OPTION #1:Provide 2,082 cubic feet of excavation and compacted backfill as specified under the new floor slab in the Sleeping Quarters and Toilet areas. MATERIALS: ($ ) SERVICES: ($ ) TOTAL OPTION #1: (ADD) ($ ) (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) 171-03Add2.doc ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #2 Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 90 (NINETY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $250 (TWO HUNDRED FIFTY) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within - fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (75) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. 171-03Add2.doc No Text J Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: , Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date MNVBE Firm: 171-03Add2.doc Hispanic American ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #2 Date: Authorized Signature (Printed or Typed Name) Company Address City, County State Zip Code Telephone: - Fax: - No Text City of Lubbock PURCHASING DEPARTMENT ROOM L04, MUNICIPAL BUILDING 1625 13m STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 PH:(806)775-2167 FAX:(806)775-2164 http://purchasing.ci.Lubbock.tx.us ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #1 ADDENDUM #1 ITB #171-03 / RS Fire Station #12 Dorm Renovations MAILED TO VENDOR: September 16, 2003 CLOSE DATE: October 1, 2003 @ 2:00 p.m. The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB). Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not affected by this addendum, shalt remain in effect. 1. Please find enclosed the revised City of Lubbock Bid Form for your bid submittal. The Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages paragraph has been changed to read: 'Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 60 (SIXTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $250 (TWO HUNDRED FIFTY) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. 2. In the General Instruction To Bidders, Page 3, Item 13 Time and Order for Completion, Paragraph 13.1 has been changed to read: "The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 60 CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to: Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer, City of Lubbock, P.O. Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to rshuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us THANK YOU, CITY ON LU Ron Shuffield Senior Buyer 171-03Add1.doc ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the City of Lubbock Purchasing Manager if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) business days prior to the bid close date. A review of such notifications will be made. 171-03Add1.doc BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT DATE: ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #1 PROJECT NUMBER: #171-03/RS - FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS Bid of called Bidder) (hereinafter To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. MATERIALS: SERVICES: ($ (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 60 (SIXTY) consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $250 (TWO HUNDRED FIFTY) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. 171-03Add1.doe ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #1 The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of Dollars ($ ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and `the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) "11111*15 Secretary Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date Addenda No. Date u;= 171-03Add1.doc Date: Authorized Signature (Printed or Typed Name) Company City, County State Zip Code Telephone: - Fax: - LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 171-03Add1.doc ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #1 Minority Owned Yes No No Text ITB #171-03/RS, Addendum #1 CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Bidder And Attached to Bid Submittal I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within fifteen (15) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal. Contractor (Signature) Contractor (Print) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM NAME: (Print or Type ) CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: Name of Agent/Broker: Address of Agent/Broker: City/State/Zip: Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( ) Date: NOTE TO CONTRACTOR If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165. BID #171-03/RS - FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS 171-03Add 1.doc No Text L CITY OF LUBBOCK INVITATION TO BID F7 FOR TITLE: FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS ITB NUMBER: 171-03/RS PROJECT NUMBER: 90295.9211.30000 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT i INDEX 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS 4. PAYMENT BOND 5. PERFORMANCE BOND 6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 7. CONTRACT 8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 10. SPECIFICATIONS �,. ..,. ,,,. .. ,.,,,,,„ .... ,,,.. .,,,,, �...,„�p �„„�..w,�,..� �,...�,,. ,._..,.. �..,....,� �,,,.,..,.� ,„.��....„� _.__.., .�.__....., NOTICE TO BIDDERS No Text NOTICE TO BIDDERS ITB #171-03/RS Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock p.m. on the 1 st day of October, 2003, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to urnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: "FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS" After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written. Bids are due at 2:00 o'clock a.m. on the 1st day of October, 2003, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider the bids on the 23rd day of Octobers 2003, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Fsuccessful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or su erior. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a non -mandatory pre -bid conference on 24th day of September. 2003 at 10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Engineering Conference Room, Lubbock, Texas. Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at Lubbock City Hall, 1625 13' Street, Lubbock, Texas, Purchasing Department, Room L-04. Plans and specifications may be obtained by the bidder for a $100.00 refundable deposit per set. Plans and specifications may be obtained from Cox -Dirks Architects, 171015th Street, Lubbock, TX 79401, Phone: (806) 762-1226. Plans and specifications will be shipped at the bidder's expense. bidder requires overnight or second day expedited method parcel shipment, the bidder will incur shipping charges and must furnish the name of the service to be used and the bidder's account number. Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock ADA Coordinator at (806) 775-2018 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBBOCK VICTOR KILM N PURCHASING MANAGER GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BID DELIVERY TIME & DATE 1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received no later than 2:00 p.m. CST, the 1st day of October, 2003 at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand corner: "ITB #171-03/RS, FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids must be addressed to: Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager City of Lubbock 1625 13th Street, Room L-04 Lubbock, Texas 79401 1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing Department. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery service that provides a receipt. 1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS. 1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an addendum. PRE -BID MEETING 2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory pre -bid meeting will be held at 10:00 a.m.. September 24th. 2003 in Engineering Conference Room Lubbock Texas All persons attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent. 2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who do not attend the pre -bid meeting. ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS 3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by written bid addenda. 3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing Department. At the request of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing Department deems the interpretation to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing Department. Such addendum issued by the Purchasing Department will be sent to all bidders receiving the original Invitation to Bid (ITB) and will become part of the bid package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original bid. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department no later than five (5) days before the bid closing date. 3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Department in writing or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses. 3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders. 4 IJ 0 li EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications. 4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the Invitation to Bid. 4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Purchasing Manager and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing Manager before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. BID PREPARATION COSTS 5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation and submission of a bid. 5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services or equipment. 5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder. I TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT 6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision, r-i including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions. 6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the Texas Attorney General or a court of competent , jurisdiction that such information is in fact not privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester. 6.3 Marking your entire bid CON FIDENTIAUPROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas Open Records Act. LICENSES PERMITS TAXES The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or may be required to pay. UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources. 9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock._ 2 9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this bid. 10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. 10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. 11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS 12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasina Manager if anv language. reauirements. etc.. or anv combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made. 12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL " INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION TO BID (ITB) MUST BE _ SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO: ' RON SHUFFIELD, SENIOR BUYER i City of Lubbock 1625 13`h Street Lubbock, Texas 79401 r Fax: (806) 775-2164 Email: RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us 13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION 13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within SIXTY (60) CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful bidder. 13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified. 14 PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 15 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements 17 18 m contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. GUARANTEES 17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein. 17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub- contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default. 17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. L PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. Lt (c) Equipment schedule. f t_ 4 20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX 20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. 20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. f-.., 22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, .' and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 23 EXPLOSIVES 23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods .. as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. 23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. 23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. ' 24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. 25 INSURANCE 25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as - required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution. 25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. 26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS 26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages ' included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: 26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. 26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. 26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. f- 26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. Eli 27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 29 PREPARATION FOR BID 29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be f , correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly - and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. 29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. 29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: 28.3.1 Bidder's name 28.3.2 Bid for (description of the project). 29.4 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 29.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(a), a competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING. 30 BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following: (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates. 0) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. 31 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable investigations 7 deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include: (a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required. (b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified, without delay or interference. (c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder. (d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services. 32 BID AWARD 32.1 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to reject any or all bids, reject any particular item on a bid, and to waive immaterial formalities and to accept the offer most advantageous to the City of Lubbock in its sole } discretion. Unless otherwise specified herein, the City shall award the bid based on the total bid. 32.2 All bids are evaluated for compliance with specifications before the bid price is considered. Response to specifications is primary in determining the best low bid. Failure to comply with the specifications may result in disqualification of the bid. 32.3 In case of tie bids, preference will be given to local bidders. Consistent and continued tie bidding may be cause for rejection of bids by the City of Lubbock and/or investigation by the Attorney General to determine possible Anti -Trust violations. 32.4 Before the City may award a bid to a nonresident bidder, the nonresident bidder's bid must be lower than lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas bidder by the same margin or amount that a Texas bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder in the nonresident bidders' home state. 32.5 Any contract made, or purchase order issued, as a result of this Invitation to Bid, shall be entered into the State of Texas and under the laws of the State of Texas. In connection with the performance of work, the Bidder agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal, State, and Local laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the same may be applicable. 32.6 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS hi INVITATION TO BID. 8 BID SUBMITTAL ZZ: -... yr ... ... .. ..�r.� � .-�.� .. � � ._w� .....�...... ....�..:.. ..... -...-. -..-. -.... - ITR #171-03fRS, Addendum 02 BID SUBMITTAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT DATE: / PROJECT NUMBER: #171.031RSS/ * FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS Bid of � : �0�5 Ide6fd 4A),,_S,✓C . (hereinafter called Bidder) To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of a FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents. MATERIALS: .' / G�' �`V �•1�dtN $ MATERIALS: TOTAL BASE Y /GL35�7 �_ ) BID: u OPTION #1:Provide 2,082 cubic feet of excavation and compacted backfiil as specked under the new ennr slam in the Sieenina Quarters and Toilet areas. TOTAL OPTION #1: / ec i � 11-1 a:0 - /enn1 Sii! .v, sar _ / /H/� aw�c �y ($ �. (Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. in case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) t 1t1-03Add2.doc '-9 SIM03M. Addendum #2 Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 90 (NINEM consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $250 (TWO HUNDRED FIFTY) for each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the general conditions of the contract documents. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction number 28 of the General instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specked in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or cert;fied check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter Into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within fifteen (15) days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a cashier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars ($ or a Bid Bond in the sum of S540 Dollars ($ �°Q which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid Is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within fifteen (15) days after the date of receipt of written notificatlon of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand. Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. 171-03Add2.doc #171-03M. Addendum 02 Ei to Texas Local Governmen opened be pate: 0�0l� ve sealed bid that has been p aY for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid EREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID UST BE MADE ON TH Bid SUBMITTAL FORM Authorized Signature O B OPE / i-5- (Printed or Typed Name) :9a Pcompany Address Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: City, -7 A--/— County Addenda No. Date �14V, 0.3� State _ rip Code Addenda No. _.��. Date 3. - Telephone: Addenda No. _.� Date^ Fax: - Addenda No. �,. Date--.. MIWBB Firm: 171-owo2.doc BID OR PROPOSAL BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, D & V Construction, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and doing business under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Arizona, and duly licensed for the purpose of making, guaranteeing or becoming sole surety upon bonds or undertakings required or authorized by the laws of the State of Texas as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the just and full sum of ------------------------------ Five Percent of Greatest Amount Bid ------------------------------ Dollars ($ -------- (5%)----------- ) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we hereby bind ourselves and each of our successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly be these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, WHEREAS, the above bounden Principal as aforesaid, is about to hand in and submit the Obligee a bid or proposal for the Fire Station #12 -Dorm Renovations in accordance with the plans and specifications filed in the office oT the obligee and under the notice inviting proposals therefore. NOW, THEREFORE, if the bid or proposal of said principal shall be accepted, and the contract for such work be awarded to the principal thereupon by the said obligee, and said principal shall enter into a contract and bond for the completion of said work as required by law, then this obligation to be null and void: otherwise to be and remain in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Principal and said Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 1st day of October 20 03 D & V nstruction c. By WASHIN=W IN ARNATIONAL SURANC OMPANY By,Z4� BDB 600201 Kevn Dunn, Attorney In Fact NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Kevin Dunn, Cara D. Hancock, Fred Davis and Harold D. Binggeli jointly or severally Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 20 of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." By 'J,n $ gg t SEAL i 2 = Paul D. Amstutz, President & Chief Executive Oiilter of Wwhlagten Iateraatleoal Imuraua Canp,ey & W"MTE 3,�i its ip73 eai; p a Vice President of Nort9 Americas Specialty Imarenee Company SEAL nmimua�` By ac--2 o Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of Washlagton Interoatbaal luunaee Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Compaey IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 4 day of June 20 03 . North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page SS: On this 4 day of June , 20 03 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson , Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. wo�wr erratc • aoatt a tuwora Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 1 day of October , 20_U. =�W James A. Carpenter, Vice President & Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company & Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company No Text Bond No. 5-901 8572 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000) D & V Construction, Inc. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Washington International Insurance Company (hereinafter called the Suretyqs, s S rety(s) are held and fir ly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the g )•0�i n�redyineen Rs86EOhix-Dollars($ 109,697.0 lawful money of the Obli ee , in the amount oft,t,re nine, RP en United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 23rdlay of October , 2001 to Fire Station #12 - Dorm Renovations and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 30th day of October , 2003 . . Washington Int ` ational Insurance Company Surety By. (Title) Kevin Dunn, Attorney -In -Fact 1 D & V Construction Inc (Company Name) n (Signature) (), t , dO OOJAAW.. (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Kevin Dunn an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Washington International Insurance Company Surety t .By. _. (Title) Kevin Dunn, Attorney -In -Fact Approved as to Form City ofL bbock e �� 'By: Ci Attorney * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. 2 i t NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY 7 GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY J KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: - Kevin Dunn, Cara D. Hancock, Fred Davis and Harold D. Binggeli jointly or severally _A Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held ---i on the 24th of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power J of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is - FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be - binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached" s``�aP fi •By S��m Paul D. Amstutz, President &Chief Executive officer of Washington Intereatlonal Insurance Company & COROPAT $ i 1973 s Vice President of North American Specialty insurance Company ¢ SEAL hi/i/d11111111Q���� B y A,n*utshs Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 4 day of June 20 03 North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page SS: On this 4 day of June , 2003 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington Intemational Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. Igitstrvs'tals4a �tttydcs Yasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 30t}lay of October 2003 . =11-1 I �1 i James A. Carpenter, Vice President & Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company & Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company PAYMENT BOND Bond No. 5-901 8572 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $25,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that D & V Construction, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and Washington International Insurance Company (hereinafter called the Suret (s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of ne hndread nine ,,,o aBA1 l�x--Dollars ($ 109, 697. 09 lawful money of the ltn l�YP nl nP V QI, United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal pal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 23rd day of { October ,20 03,to Fire Station #12 - Dorm Renovations i3 and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and,to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this 30th day of October 20 03 . Washington International Insurance Company Surety *By. Jitle)-ie-vin Dunn, Attorney -In -Fact D & V Construction, Inc. (Company Name) By: (Printe me) /' - L'. (Signature) (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates Kevin Dunn an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Washington International Insurance Company Surety * By. (Title) Kevin Dunn, Attorney —In —Fact Approved as to form: City of Lubbock - By. - Ci ttorn * Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. E_ 2 NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Arizona and having its principal office in the City of Itasca, Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: Kevin Dunn, Cara D. Hancock, Fred Davis and Harold D. Binggeli 1 jointly or severally J Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of- TEN MILLION (10,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 24'h of March, 2000: "RESOLVED, that any two of the President, any Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power - of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attorney and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signature of such officers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be - binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." \``��p111111 ry/,,1p�/��� \) ptnrcr�p� �LONP a By _' Paul D. Amstutz, President & Chief Executive Officer of Washington International Insurance Company & - � � n i 1873 �`�arrEA m Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company SAtl}S>11A L By + rrxtt Steven P. Anderson, Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company & Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 4 day of June 2003. North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Du Page ss: On this 4 day of June , 20 03 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Paul D. Amstutz , President and CEO of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Steven P. Anderson , Executive Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly swom, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. "� wYasmin A. Patel, Notary Public I, James A. Carpenter , the duly elected Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. L_ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies this 30tby of October 2003 — James A. Carpenter, Vice President & Assistant Secretary of Washington International Insurance Company & Assistant Secretary of North American Specialty insurance Company POLICYHOLDER DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT Coverage for acts of terrorism as defined in § 102(1) of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 ("the Act") is already included in this surety bond. You should know that, effective November 26, 2002, under your existing coverage, any losses caused by certified acts of terrorism would be partially reimbursed by the United States under a formula established by federal law. Under this formula, the United States pays 90% of covered terrorism losses exceeding the statutorily established deductible paid by the insurance company providing the coverage. The portion of your annual premium that is attributable to coverage for acts of terrorism is $0. As your insurance/surety company we are sending you this notice to comply with the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002. For questions regarding this notice please visit our website www.nassurety.com or you may call our office at 630- 227- 4825. REV: 2/03 agent notice IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512)475-1771 Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This -notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Q CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 10/29% 0031 R (906) 793-8773 FAX (E06) 793-7173 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF WFORMATION Quisenberry A Associates, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 4601 66th St. , Suite B HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR TER COVEBWE AFFORDED BY INE POLICIES BELOW. Lubbock, TX 79414 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 8 INKMAW Div t oy es VODStrUCtJOR, Inc. INwAERA, Republic underwriters DBA D tI V Coestruction Co., Inc. INSUR"& Southern County Mutual P.O. Box 299 INaWAQ Texas Mutual ins Co Ydalou, TX 79329 INsUAMO. Assurance CoslPany of America — "SLOW c coycoAges THE POLICIES OR INSURANCE L18Ti0 BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDK.JiTED. N01WIfM8TANDINE ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR -CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WTTM RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS 3U6JECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPE OF INBURANCS POLICY NUMBER EI�EC 08 15/2003 PouCY EXPMtATION 09/15/2004 LMARB 0SHeRALLIAIRLITY TXP5616605 04 EACHOCCuRRErCE i 1 OOO X COMMERCIAL GENERAL UA84ITY UAWBE 70 RENTED loo CLAIMS MADE © OCCUR M60 UP PAAY one p&UM f 5 .0001 A X PERSONAL a AM WJURY s 1,000, GENERAL AGGREGATE S 2 000 90001 %W AGGREOATG UNIT A0K6S PM: PRODUCTS . COMPIOP AGG S 2,000,000 P011CY LOC AUTOMOBILELIAOKM TCAS631354 Ol 08/15/2003 08/15/2004 COMBINEDS14LEUMT X ANY AUTO R" "4000 i 1.000 00 X ALL OWNED AUT03 SCHEOULED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Pr p.aon) i X W10 AUTOC X NmOWNEDAUTOS; (p�LYaY.ia Y R PPROPERTYGAMAGE S GARA9E LIAWLITY AUTOONLY- EAACC#NT t ANY AUTO SAACC i A00 S p(CzSS& NWdU'A Lwmffy X OCCUR UNDS626902 03 08 15/2003 08/1S/2004 EACH 0004ARENCE s 11000.00i AGGREGATE _ A X CLAIMS MADE s DSM=9LE ---- Rslmr"°" s i WORKGRBCOMPeNSATIONAND TSFONIUSZ67 01j08/2003 Ol 08/2004 o7N EMFLOYKRV LpMR&UTY E.1.. EACH ACCIDENT _ i^ 1� 0 0, OFM C MEGA R EXClW6D9ECUmVG E.L. DISEASE • FA EMPI { i1000_000 y „�,, dwp� yiy,,, E.L. DISEASE. POLICY k%vfI S 11000, SI,S00,000 Any One Structure E below DMders Risk BRSIL252546 11/14/2001 Continuous D $2,000 Deductible T�ya act: tation ii2�orriB�t�t oAa f N.-03/RS�PROVISIONS ificate Holder is named as Additional Insured with respect to Auto, General Liability, Excess FIRIters' ility and Waiver of Subrooation with respect to Auto. General Liability, Excess Liability and C01"nsation for whose the named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish his coverage. ; "DTMY!`AI 5: L&V nun City of Lubbock Attn: Porehasing Department Room L04, Municipal Building 1625 13th Street Lubbock, TX 79401 n 42001106) 305I &6681 DO SHOULD ANY Of THE ABOVE DESO1116EP POLK7ES BE gANC"LED "pone ETH EXPIRATION DAYS YHOMP. THE 13 U W INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 29— DAYS WRIT M NOTICE TO THE CORTMOATE HOLDER NAM TO THE WT. WT FAILURE TO MAN. SUCH NOTICE SHALL 000" NO OBUOATKMI OR LIAr Of ANY KIND UPON TIM INSURM ITS AGENTS OR REPREB NTATIVES.A AVTNORM RWRESENTAT "CORD CORPORATM 19M IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). It SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s): DISCLAIMER The Certificate of insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the Issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. 61 26 (2001109) CONTRACT CONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 23rd day of October, 2003 by and between the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and D & V CONSTRUCTION INC. of the CITY OF LUBBOCK COUNTY OF LUBBOCK and the STATE OF TEXAS hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and inconsideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID #171-03/RS - FIRE STATION #12 DORM RENOVATIONS - $109,697.00 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above writ�,7 CITY OF By: ATTEST: ity S cretary Ci"ttorne ER): rr � CONTRACTOR: D & V g0IRSTRUCUONI INC. By: IaVIki119:491 •%\8I l TITLE: J, A COMPLETE ADDRESS: D & V Construction, Inc. 13910 Highway 87 Lubbock,Texas 79423 ATT J Corporate Secretary L GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OWNER Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co- partnership or corporation, to wit D & V CONSTRUCTION, INC. who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative HARLAN STAUFFER FACILITIES MANAGER, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents". 5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 6. SUBCONTRACTOR The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. 7. WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last business address known to the party who gives the notice. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. 14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) 2 calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and Contractor. Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 20 21 W CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. OBSERVATION AND TESTING The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense. 4 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, }- in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK 4' The term extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, P, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." 25 26 27 No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of bids. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, ii are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE 3 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver. The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS REQUIRED BELOW, OR IN THE ALTERNATIVE, SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR TO THE EFFECT THAT NO WORK ON THIS PARTICULAR PROJECT SHALL BE SUBCONTRACTED. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. A. General Liability Insurance (Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Premises and Operations Explosion & Collapse Hazard Underground Damage Hazard Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Coverage Personal Injury Advertising Injury B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $0 Combined Single Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution. C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation Required) The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than; Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit, CI7 Q F to include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance. The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 100% of the total contract price (100% of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. Umbrella Liability Insurance (Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required) The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of 10 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required) Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000.00. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC- 83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 0406.096, Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 9 4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new _ certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. 5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the I governmental entity: 8 ( r_m (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will L provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: f r (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; ) (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: H (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of fi coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 10 1 (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 5121440-3789 to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage;" and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: "By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this contract is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the person signing this contract who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions."; (iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 11 (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the t project; (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such _ individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. T 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES Without limiting, in anyway, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the _ Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way, t manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular - design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or y required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the r contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative prior to bidding. 12 t 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely writttn notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may z, enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 33. SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this j- contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as provided by the contract documents. 34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents. If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $250 (TWO HUNDRED FIFTY) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach. IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this 13 36. 37 38. s contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. - TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived. In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, -t area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project. The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and employees, 14' against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract. 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's -- agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner under the terms of the contract documents. Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment is attributable. 43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31) working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's { Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the work within the time provided in this contract. 15 44 45 46. 47 FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion, Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or warranties implied by law or otherwise. CORRECTION OF WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's Representative. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. CLAIM OR DISPUTE It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by Contractor. 16 . 48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required. After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any !, machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the _j Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and 17 49 M 51 52. 53 his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners. The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually _ performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the project which is the subject matter of this contract. BONDS The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so I furnished. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall _1 control. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES f Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual obstructions of difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the Ff prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. L) INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's j work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's_ Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. I 18 54. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. 55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative; and request consent therefrom, at least twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5) days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied. In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage, disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos. 19 [i CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS f RE: RESOLUTION NO.2002-R0483, NOVEMBER 14, 2002 EXHIBIT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates Craft Hourly Rate Acoustical Ceiling Installer Air Conditioner Installer Air Conditioner Installer -Helper Asbestos Worker Asbestos Supervisor Bricklayer Bricklayer -Helper Carpenter Carpenter -Helper Cement Finisher Drywall Hanger Electrician Electrician -Helper Equipment Operator -Heavy Equipment Operator -Light Fire Sprinkler Fitter -Journey Fire Sprinkler Fitter -Apprentice Floor Installer Glazier Insulator-Piping/Boiler Insulator -Helper Iron Worker Laborer -General Mortar Mixer Painter Plumber Plumber -Helper Roofer Roofer -Helper Sheet Metal Worker Sheet Metal Worker -Helper Welder -Certified 1 11.50 12.00 7.50 9.00 12.50 12.50 7.00 11.00 7.00 9.00 11.00 15.00 8.00 10.00 9.00 18.00 10.00 9.50 10.50 10.50 7.00 11.00 6.00 6.00 9.50 12.50 7.00 9.00 7.00 10.00 7.00 11.00 EXHIBIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Asphalt Heaterman 9.00 Asphalt Shoveler 7.50 Concrete Finisher 9.00 Concrete Finisher -Helper 7.50 Electrical Repairer -Equipment 12.50 Flagger 6.50 Form Setter 8.00 Form Setter -Helper 6.50 Laborer -General 6.00 Laborer -Utility 6.75 Mechanic 9.00 Mechanic -Helper 7.00 Power Equipment Operators Asphalt Paving Machine 9.00 Bulldozer 9.00 Concrete Paving Machine 9.00 Front End Loader 9.00 Heavy Equipment Operator 9.00 Light Equipment Operator 8.00 Motor Grader Operator 10.25 Roller 7.00 Scraper 7.50 Tractor -Trailer 8.50 Truck Driver -Heavy 8.00 Truck Driver -Light 7.00 2 EXHIBIT C Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. EXHIBIT D Prevailing Wage Rates Legal Holiday Rate r The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act. SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SLEEPING QUARTERS RENOVATION OF FIRE STATION #12 FOR THE* CITY OF LUBBOCK LUBBOCK, TEXAS Amwwr ATES STMXTUPAL . =7MSL�IXMW ow� PROJECT NO. 97601 COX DIRKS DATE: 8/15/03 SET NO. ARCHITECTS PC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1710 15TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 TEL 806/762-1226 FAX 806/762-1257 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTE: These documents have been arranged in accordance with the CSI Format for Construction Specifications. DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01015 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 01100 PROJECT PROCEDURES 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01270 UNIT PRICES 01505 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK rt012300 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03301 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04203 DIVISION 5 - METALS NOT APPLICABLE EARTHWORK CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DIVISION 7 - THERMAL. AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 0720C INSULATION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08112 STEEL FRAMES 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09300 TILE 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09910 PAINTING 898-03 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 1 0F 2 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10440 SPECIALTY SIGNS 10801 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT ""Or,"APPLICABLE DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISIOP; 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15083 PIPE INSULATION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16140 WIRING DEVICES 838-03 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE A. OF 2 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Project consists of Renovation of the Sleeping Quarters at Fire Station No. 12 for the City of Lubbock. Project Location: 5202 119th Street. Owner: City of Lubbock. Contract Documents, dated August 15, 2003 were prepared for the Project by Cox/Dirks Architects, F.C. Contract Documents: The Contract Documents indicate the types of minimum requirements of procedure and performance of the Work of the Contract and related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the Project. Related requirements and conditions that are indicated on the Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: Special conditions. Existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site. Work performed concurrently with work under this Contract. Summary by References: Work of the Contract can be summarized by references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, addenda and modifications to the Contract Documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of this project manual and including but not necessarily limited to printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions and other forces outside the Contract Documents. CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas -indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public at all times. Keep entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the Public at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site or adjoining Owner's properties. Inform and coordinate Work with Owner to minimize disruption of existing operations. ono-03 I—' SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 1 Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. Use of the Existina Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations to pre-existing conditions as acceptable to the Architect and Owner. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. Keep public areas and service areas free from accumulation of waste materials, rubbish or construction debris. Smoking or open fires will not be permitted within the building - enclosure or on the premises. Maintain required fire exits from the building at all times. Prevent any damage to existing finishes, fixtures and systems scheduled to remain. Ell WORK RESTRICTIONS On -Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed inside the existing building during normal business work hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except otherwise indicated. i E;:istinr Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission. OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner or his representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations or safety of the public. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner occupancy. €; S9S-03 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 - 2 � provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems in occupied portions of the building. aP,t1TT,nTN(; TYPE Sanarai: The building has been designed and Contract Documents prepared with the intention that the resulting Work will comply with the 1997 Uniform Building Code. ^nnupanny Group: p: B Rui l i ng Type: I I-N The Contractor and subcontractors stall adhere to all code regulations of the Uniform Building Code 1997 Edition and local or amended code requirements of local building authorities to insure that the overall work performance is in compliance with all requirements. PART ? - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EV CTITION ( plot Applicable) Q9°-03 SUMMARY OR WORK 01010 - 3 ' SECTION 01015 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL F,� RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. n, The types of minimum requirements for procedural and performance of work include but are not necessarily limited to the following categories: Permits Bonds are required. Insurance Requirements Taxes _j Addenda to Contract Documents Wage Requirements - Local PERMITS The Contractor shall secure and pay for all building permits, fees, licenses, and taxes as required in connection with the work of this Contract. The Contractor shall conform to all state, county and municipal code and ordinance requirements pertaining to health, life safety and building construction, curb cuts, sidewalks, curb and gutters, approaches, barricades, and construction protection. BONDS AND INSURANCE The Contractor shall meet all insurance and bond requirements as called for by the City of Lubbock in other sections of the Bid Documents. TAXES Pay or have the subcontractor pay any and all sales taxes subject to be paid on this project. INTERPRETATION BY ADDENDA I f any bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any parts of plans, specifications, bidding phase (conflicts or items to be included in bid) sequencing or other proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Architect a written request for an interpretation thereof not later than five(5) days before bidding date. Any interpretation of proposed documents will be made only by addendum duly issued and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of bidding date. The Owner such documents within four(4) days prior to the bi g will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretation of the proposed documents. WAGE REOUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall adhere to all wage rates and reporting requirements as required by the City of Lubbock in others sections of the Bid Documents. 89S-03 ScECiAL CONDITIONS 01015 - 1 • 41 --viss Oto W V anal Do 11 PART 1 - GENERAL SUMMARY Provide coordination of work. Supervisory personnel. Preconstruction conference. Submit daily and special reports. Prepare submittal schedule; coordinate with progress schedule. Submit schedule of values. Perform surveys: Laying out the work and verifying locations during construction. Submit and post a list of emergency telephone numbers and address for individuals to be contacted in case of emergency. Perform quality control during installation. Clean and protect the work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used FART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used V J V- 0 3 PROJECT PROCEDURES 01100 - 1 : � V Drawings and general provisions of Supplementary Conditions and other apply to this Section. OUR MIMI the Contract, including General and Division 1 Specification Sections, This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. Related Sections include the following: Division 1 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements for using unit prices. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." PROPOSAL REQUESTS Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. Within' 1Y days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. Include cost of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change Architect. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. OV98-03 r+nrTT13Tl+T MrNnTVTrlAMTnrj nPnrc�t��oc+c `01e �r.�1 VUl l'l11/111V r 0'C'E 1k E'N 01250 - 1 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES. CONT Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and _ amounts of trade discounts. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product -j Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Proposal Requests. ALLOWANCES Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, base each Change Order proposal on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work -in -place. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit -cost allowances. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work -in -place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 7 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days after such authorization. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower -priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE Work Change Directive: Architect may issue a Work Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 898-03 CONTRACT MODIVTCATTON PROCEDURES _ V l 't 1! !"1 \+ 1 1 1 1' _L I- 1 \J 1\ V li 1J C 1 2 J L. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES, CONT Work Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Work Change Directive. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 898 8�35-03 03 .�nnr nT n n n L+c _ C`�s.TRA l iavt�.LFI/CATION PROCEDURES V1Z' J ��=* ME I it W!243900M PART 1-- GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. Related Sections include the following: Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submLtting and handling Change Orders. DEFINITIONS Unit price is an amount proposed by Bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. PROCEDURES Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit. Measurement and Payment: Refer to individual Specification LJ Sections for ["l work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Contractor's measurement of work -in -place that involves use of established unit prices, and to have this Work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to the Contractor. List of Unit Prices: A list of unit prices is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain [' requirements for materials described under each unit price. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (riot Used) a---Dials's• LIST OF UNIT PRICES Unit Price No. 1 - Description: Excavation of base or subbase soil below finish floor slab. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard. 898-03 UNTfRT PDD T/7vS 02270 - i Unit Price No. 2 - Description: Compacted backfill below finish floor slab. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard. Unit Price No. s - Description: Sidewalks and slabs, reinforced and finished. Unit of Measurement: Square foot. 898-03 TTTTTM rT?T/'PO -01 70 - RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. I" MKGJ ao &V a to)► e = i_• - Definitions: Specific administrative and procedural minimum actions are specified in this section, as extensions of provisions in General Conditions and other contract documents. These requirements have been included for special purposes as indicated. Nothing in this section is intended to limit types and amounts of temporary work required, and no omission from this section will be recognized as an indication by Architect that such temporary activity is not required for successful completion of the work and compliance with requirements of contract documents. Provisions of this section are applicable to, but not by way of limitation, utility services, construction facilities, support facilities, and security/protection provisions. General In addition to compliance with governing regulations and rules/recommendations of franchised utility companies, comply with !._ specific requirements indicated and with applicable local industry standards for construction work. NFPA Code: Comply with NFPA Code 241 (Building Construction and Demolition Operations). Conservation: In compliance with Owner's policies on energy/materials conservation, install and operate temporary facilities and perform demolition activities in a manner which will conserve reasonably and avoid waste of energy and materials. General: Initiate use of each existing facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the work. Terminate use and remove existing facilities as new permanent facilities are put into service. Conditions of Use: Operate, maintain and protect existing facilities in a manner and at locations which will be safe, non -hazardous, sanitary and protective of persons and property, and free of deleterious effects. : S : ►Dwiliffew ITTT?unnDTDV TTmTr TmV OVDATT0170 The types of services required include, but not by way of limitation, water, surface drainage, and electrical power. Connect to existing water utility serving the building and comply with Owner's requirements for shared service. °90-03 `' TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES. CONT'D Potable Water: Utilize existing hose bibbs. Sewer: Maintain existing sewers in nonclogged 'condition during construction period. Existing toilet facilities are not to be used during the construction period. See Sanitary Facilities. Utilize existing receptacles and systems. The types of temporary construction facilities required include, but not by way of limitation, water distribution, drainage, enclosure of work, ventilation, electrical power distribution, lighting, hoisting facilities, stairs, ladders, and roads. Provide facilities reasonably required to perform construction operations properly and adequately. `dater Distribution: Utilize existing hose bibbs or provide temporary hose bibbs and hose of lengths sufficient to reach entire area of earth work. Prevent freezing of water distribution by either prompt drainage after each use or by suitable protection. Closures: Provide temporary closure walls where indicated and where reasonably required to insure adequate workmanship and protection from weather and unsatisfactory ambient conditions for the work. Electrical Power: Utilize existing power distribution system, sufficient to accommodate construction operations requiring power tools, lighting and start up testing of permanent electric power equipment. Provide overload protection. If temporary outlets are necessary, provide (not less than 4 gang) power to construction area so that power tools on a single extension cord will not extend beyond 100 feet maximum length. Li he tins: Provide sufficient temporary lighting to ensure proper workmanship everywhere. Provide general lighting with local switching which will enable energy conservation during periods of varying activity (work -in -progress traffic only, security check, lock -up, etc.) Provide uniformly spaced general lighting equivalent to not less than , one 200-watt incandescent lamp per 50 sq. ft. of floor area. Access Provisions: Maintain temporary access elements as reasonably required to perform the work and facilitate its inspection during demolition. Comply with reasonable requests of governing authorities performing inspections. Cover finished surfaces with sufficient protection to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration until time of substantial completion. The types of temporary security and protection provisions required include, but not by way of limitation, fire protection, barricades, warning signals/lights, storage trailers, building enclosure/lockup and similar provisions intended to minimize property loss, personal injury and claims for damages at project site. Fire Extinguishers: Provide types, sizes, numbers and locations as would be reasonably effective in extinguishing fires during construction, by personnel at project site. 898-03 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 - 2 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES_, CONT'D Building Enclosure and Lockur>: Secure building against unauthorized entrance at times when personnel are not working. Provide secure temporary enclosures at ground floor and other locations of possible entry with locked entrances. The types of temporary support facilities required include, but not by way of limitation, sanitary facilities, drinking water, first aid _ facilities, telephones, clean-up facilities, waste disposal service, rodent/pest control and similar miscellaneous general services, all as may be reasonably required for proficient performance of the work and accommodation of personnel at the site including Owner's and Architects personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary support facilities, when authorized by the Architect or immediately before time of substantial completion. Locate temporary support facilities for convenience of users, and for minimum interference with demolition activities. Sanitary Facilities: Utilize self-contained toilet units of type acceptable to governing authorities, adequate (at all stages of work) for use of personnel at project site. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel when both sexes are working at project site. Maintain facilities in sanitary condition. Field Office: Provide temporary field office of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel with proper lighting and heating facilities. 898-03 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 - 3 SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. OTTMUR OV This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching. Related Sections include the following: Division 7 Section "Through -Penetration Firestop Systems" for patching fire -rated construction. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. DEFINITIONS Cuttina: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. Patchina: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. QUALITY ASSURANCE Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio. Foundation construction. Bearing walls. Structural concrete. Structural steel. Lintels. Structural decking. Miscellaneous structural metals. Exterior wall construction. Or,erational Elements: Do not cut and patch the following operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Primary operational systems and equipment. Air or smoke barriers. Fire -protection systems. Control systems. Communication systems. Conveying systems. Electrical wiring systems. Operating systems of special construction in Division 13 Sections. 89S-03 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 1 Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. Membranes and flashings. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. Shoring, bracing, and sheeting. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. Engage recognized, experienced, installer, fabricator, and specialized firm. Concrete. Masonry Roofing. Exterior Insulation Finish System. Acoustical ceilings. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 89OV-03 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 2 Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption, of services to occupied areas. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. Cut existing construction t o Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. Existina Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. Floor or roof deck is to be neatly sawed where any penetration occures. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division Z Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. Mechanic -al and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. Patchina: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after - completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 898-03 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 3 Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. Exterior Euildina Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. 898-03 BUTTING AND PATCHING 01731 - 4 an ! • v 1 DI10 Drawings and general provisions of Supplementary Conditions and other apply to this Section. the Contract, including General and Division 1 Specification Sections, This Section includes the following: Partial removal of building, skylight well, and ductwork as indicated on the drawings. Removal of building, walls, ceilings, and partitions in remodeled areas. Portions of building structure indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate construction activities. Removal of existing exterior and interior concrete slabs and paving as noted. Removal of doors and frames indicated "remove" or "remove and relocate". Removal of built-in casework indicated "remove" or "remove and relocate". Removal of existing plumbing fixtures and equipment and other items indicated for salvage or relocation. Removal of lighting fixtures, devices, and mechanical grills at existing and demolition ceiling areas as noted on the drawings. Repair procedures for selective demolition operations. Related Sections include the following: Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for use of the premises and phasing requirements. Division 1 Section "Work Restrictions" for restrictions on use of the premises due to Owner occupancy. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental -protection measures for selective demolition operations. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below -grade improvements. Division 115 Sections for cutting, patching, or relocating mechanical items. Division 16 Sections for cutting, patching, or relocating electrical items. • Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. Existina to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 098-03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 1 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, CONT MATERIALS OWNERSHIP Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. SUBMITTALS Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulatory Reguirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.5 and NFPA 241 Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1. Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following: E! Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on [A substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. PROJECT CONDITIONS J Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 48 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent LJ occupied or used facilities. Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. 898-03 i SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 2 Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. WARRANTY Existina Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. Engage recognized, experienced installer, fabricator and specialized firm. Roofing. Firestopping. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS REPAIR MATERIALS Use repair materials identical to existing materials. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials. Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections. 13 VVV VVA Verify that utilities have been disconnected, capped, or properly rerouted. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. TT'PTT.TTV PPPUTr'7?P Existina Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. r 898-03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 3 SELECTTVE DEMOLITION, CON Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction. Provide at least 48 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities. Do not start selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. Pest Control: Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and during selective demolition operations. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or occupied or used facilities without permission f authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate closed or obstructed traffic ways if required regulations. other adjacent com Owner and routes around by governing Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and construction, in progress and completed, from H, 9 F 1 898-03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 4 exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar Ff activities. Provide temporary w,eathertight enclosure for building exterior. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. Strengthen or add new supports whenrequired during progress of selective demolition. POLLUTION CONTROLS Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental -protection regulations. To eliminate trackable dirt, wipe down walls and doors of demolition enclosure. r Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. Cleanina: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame -cutting operations. Maintain portable fire -suppression devices during flame -cutting operations. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. v 3 V- 0 3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 5 y ! • ► • ► V_ Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. Existing Facilities: Comply with building manager's requirements for using and protecting walkways, building entries, and other building facilities during selective demolition operations. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Comply with the following: Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals, using power -driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power -driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: Saw -cut perimeter of area to be demolished, I break up and remove. Air -Conditioning Equipment: Remove equipment without releasing refrigerants. General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations. Patching: Comply with Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. Finishes: Restore exposed finishes restoration into adjoining construction evidence of patching and refinishing. of patched areas and extend in a manner that eliminates 898-03 � SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 6 Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. Ceilinas: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. I i 898-03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 7 Q4T VIP MTXIV nVMnT TTTr)W Q Doors. Tbilet accessories. Furnace and Coil. Water heater. ��St ail �aii2.; to Rana i n Electrical devices located in masonry construction. Wall light fixtures. Mechanical'duct work. Electrical conduit above ceilings and in masonry walls. r U 0 898-03 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 01732 - 8 s l Drawings and general provisions of Supplementary Conditions and other apply to this Section. the Contract, including General and Division 1 Specification Sections, This Section includes admini.strat�ve contract closeout, including, but not Inspection procedures. Project Record Documents. Warranties. Instruction of Owner's personnel. -- Final cleaning. and procedural requirements for limited to, the following: 11 Related Sections include the following: Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining Sate of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. Complete startup testing of systems. Submit test/adjust/balance records. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with construction tools, and similar elements. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with ' inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or .._ additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in j previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. S9g-03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 1 91010 D100,a all; • Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. Preliminary mi nary Procedures: Before requesting f inai inspection, for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. inspection:0 JV LL a written request for filial inspections for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect -and Construction Manager will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) Preparation: Submit three (3) copies of list. Include area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Include the following information at the top of each page: Project name. Date. Name of Architect. Name of Contractor. Page number. WARRANTIES Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion, is indicated. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive Q-1/2-by-11-inch paper. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 898-03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 2 Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. FINAL CLEANING General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written. instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, ' even -textured surface. Remove tools, construction. equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. Y Remove labels that are not permanent. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed ' finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that S9Q-03 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 3 cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. Clean plumbing futures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. VI Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. _} Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. 89°-03 ' CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 - 4 SECTION 02300 --EARTHWORK A GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. This Section includes the following: Preparing of subgrade for building slabs and walks. Fill course for support of building slabs is included as part of this work. Excavating and backfilling of trenches within building lines. Excavating and Backfilling_for Mechanical/Electrical Work: Provisions of this section shall apply to Divisions 15 and 16 sections for excavation and backfill required in conjunction with underground mechanical and electrical utilities and buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances. DEFINITIONS Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be at Contractor's expense Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify Architect, who will make an inspection of conditions. If Architect determines that bearing materials at required subgrade elevations are unsuitable, continue excavation until suitable bearing materials are encountered and replace excavated material as directed by - Architect. The Contract Sum may be adjusted by an appropriate Contract Modification. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be a paid on basis of Conditions of the Contract relative to changes in work. Sub rr, ade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase, drainage fill, or fill materials. Structure: Buildings, foundations, slabs, tanks, curbs, or other man-made stationary features occurring above or below ground surface. SUBMITTALS ` Test Reports: Submit the following reports directly to Architect from the testing services, with copy to Contractor: Test reports of borrow material. Verification of suitability of subgrade material, in accordance with specified requirements. 590-01 EARTHWORK 02300 - 1 WIT. �* 04 Field reports; in -place soil One optimum moisture -maximum encountered. Report of actual unconfined bearing tests of each strata density tests. density curve for each type of soil compressive strength and/or results of tested. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Testing and Inspection Service: Contractor shall employ and pay for a qualified independent geotechnical testing laboratory approved by the Architect to perform soil testing and inspection service during earthwork operations. Exiting Utilities and cervices: Locate existing underground utilities and services in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and Utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. Provide minimum of 4OW-hour notice to Architect, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. Demolish and completely remove existing underground piping or services indicated to be removed. Use of Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. SOIL MATERIALS - Satisfactory Soil Materials for Buildinu Fill: ASTM D 2487 soil s= classification groups GW, GP, GM, SC, CL, SW, SP, and SM; or a combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen, materials, -vegetation and other deleterious matter. Fill should ha a Plasticity Index of 4 to 12. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials for Buildin Fill: ASTM D 2487 soil r� �E t S9S-01- EARTHWCRK 02300 - 2 classification groups GC, ML, MH, CH, OL, OH, and PT, or a combination of these group symbols. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. Backf:ll and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter with plasticity index not to exceed 12. Sandfill: Clean blow sand with no organic materials or clay clods. FART 3 - EXECUTION DETHA"IERING Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate or stand in excavations. Remove water to prevent soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and' foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill where directed. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable for use as back fill or fill. EXCAVATIOP: FOR STRUCTURES Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot, and extending a sufficient distance to permit installation of services, and other construction and for inspection. TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR PIPES AND CONDUIT Excavate trenches to uniform width, sufficiently wide to provide ample working room and a minimum of 6 to 9 inches of clearance on both sides of pipe or conduit. Excavate trenches and conduit to depth indicated or required to establish indicated slope and invert elevations and to support bottom of pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 6 inches below required elevation and backfill with a 6-inch layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installation of pipe. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal size, and for flat-bottomed, multiple -duct conduit units, do not excavate beyond 098-01 L+a1'l nml\ 1 7 Hc�nV pv102300 - 3 li \ indicated depths. Hand -excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. For pipes and equipment E inches or larger in nominal size, shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe for 90 degrees (bottom 1/4 of the circumference). Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. At each pipe joint, dig bell holes to relieve pipe bell of loads ensure continuous bearing of pipe barrel on bearing surface. Trenches excavated below proper grades are to be backfilled and compacted to required grades with pea gravel. ' : I . ORMOOR General: Place soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below, using materials specified in Part 2 of this section. Under building slabs, use approved compacted fill material. Under piping and conduit and equipment, use pea gravel materials where required over rock bearing surface and for correction of unauthorized excavation. Shape excavation bottom to fit bottom 90 degrees of cylinder. BackfL trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18 inches of column or wall footings and that are carried below bottom of such footings or treat pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling is authorized by Architect. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: Acceptance of construction below finish applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and Inspection, testing, approval, and recording utilities have been performed and recorded. Removal of concrete formwork. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. grade including, where perimeter insulation. locations of underground Ground Surface Preparation: Remove slab, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for particular area classification, break-up ground surface, pulverize, moisture -condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand operated tampers. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 898-01 EARTHWORK 02300 - 4 Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, or conduit to required elevations. Prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping, or conduit to approximately v same elevation in each lift. Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification indicated below. Correct improperly compacted areas or lifts as directed by Architect if soil density tests indicate inadequate compaction Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557 (cohesive soils); and not less than the following percentages of relative density in accordance with ASTM D 2049 (cohesionless soils): Under structures, building slabs and steps, and pavements, compact top 12 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at: 95 percent maximum density. Under walkways, compact top b inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at: 90 percent maximum density. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantity as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet: to permit compaction to specified density. Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too: wet to permit compaction. Assist drying by discing, harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated or between such points and existing grades. Grading Surface of Fill under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. Compaction: After grading, compact indicated percentage of maximum or classification. subgrade surfaces to the depth and relative density for each area of General: Leveling course consists of placement of compacted fill material, in layers of indicated thickness, over subgrade surface to support concrete building slabs. Placing: Place fill material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform S9S-01 0 EARTHWORK Z-0 - 5 EARTHWORK. CONT ' thickness, conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting material during placement operations. When a compacted course is indicated to be 6 inches thick or less, place material in a single layer. When indicated to be more than 6 inches thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 6 inches or less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted. Hand tamp corners or locations where equipment cannot reach. No loose �{ fill or uncompacted soil will be allowed under slabs. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Ouality Control Testing Durina Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve each subgrade and fill layer before further backfill or construction work is performed. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable. Field density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method in accordance with ASTM D 2922, providing that calibration curves are periodically check and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. In conjunction with each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages in accordance with ASTM D 3017. If field tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect. Building Slab Subgrade: Perform at least one field density test of subgrade for every 2,000 sq. ft. of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. If in opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or fills that have been placed are below specified density, perform additional compaction and testing until specified density is obtained. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are t-} disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. Settlina: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period, remove surface, add back fill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash, and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property. Remove excess excavated material, trash, debris, and waste materials and dispose of it off Owner' property. L-A SOS-01 - EARTHWORK 02300 - 6 SECTION 03301 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE RELATEDPART 1 - GENERAL DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. This Section. specifies cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. Related Sections include the following: Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs -on -grade. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" for separate requirements. SUBMITTALS General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301. Reporting: Report all test results in writing within 24 hours of the test to the Architect and Contractor. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Indicate amounts of water to be withheld for later addition at the Project Site. installer Oualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready - mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 34 requirements for production facilities and equipment. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including _. the following, unless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. General requirements, including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure, and protection of in -place concrete. Formwork and form accessories. Steel reinforcement and supports. Concrete mixtures. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete. �._ 898-03 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 1 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT PART 2 - PRODUCTS FORMWORK Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301. STEEL REINFORCEMENT Reinforcina Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420;, deformed. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. CONCRETE MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Normal -Weight Agaregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1- inch aggregate at all slabs and other applications. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated or monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 to 1 1/2 inches long. Monofilament Fibers: Fiberstand 100; Euclid Chemical Co. Fibermix Stealth; Fibermesh, Div. At Synthetic Industries. ""W-WOMW General: Admixture certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cement and to be compatible with other admixtures. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. Air -Entraining Admixture (at .x _ or Concrete): ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Air-Tite," Cormix. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace. "MB-VR" or "Micro -Air," Master Builders, Inc. "Sealtight AEA," W.R. Meadows, Inc. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. Vapor Retarder: Multi -ply polyester reinforced polyethylene sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C, not less than 7.8 mils thick; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated celulosic fiber, with removable top cap at sealed joints.. 898-03 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 0).J - 2 f Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. Water: Potable. Clear, Waterborne,, Membrane-Formina Curina and Sealina Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. CONCRETE MIXES Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal - weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: Compressive Strength (28 days): 3000 psi. Slump: 4 inches. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 4.5 percent within a tolerance of plus 1.0 or minus 1.5 percent. Air content of trowel -finished interior concrete floors shall not exceed 3.0 percent. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mix at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1.0 lb/cu. yd. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 115 minutes, when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. Design, construct erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. "wralzma:C►': Install, protect, and repair vapor -retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. Cover vapor retarder with fine -graded granular material, moisten, and compact with mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch or minus 3/4 inch. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, 898-03 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE, CONT placing, and supporting reinforcement. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. Loop all splices 20 diameters but never less than 12 inches. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Isolation and Expansion Joints: Install joint -filler strips at junctions with slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. Where joints are sealed provide removable top section to form sealant cavity. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with groovier tool to a radius of 118 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1;8 inch wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. CONCRETE PLACEMENT Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement. FINISHING UNFORM .D SURFACES General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial1 floating using bull floats or darbies to farm a uniform and open -textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the (r surface. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient 89s-03 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 4' 1 flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -film finish coating system. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. TOLERANCES Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold - weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot - weather protection during curing. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, moisture -retaining -cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. T'estina Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement according to requirements specified in this Article. Perform tests according to ACI 301. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each compressive - strength test, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests will be required when concrete consistency changes. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; one set of three standard cylinders for each compressive -strength test, unless otherwise indicated. Cylinders shall be molded and stored for laboratory -cured test specimens unless field -cured test specimens are required. 898-03 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 51 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. CONT Compression-Strenath Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding 5 cu. yd. , but less than 25 cu. yd. , plus one set for each addition 50 cu. yd. One specimen shall be tested at 7 days and one specimen at 28 days; one specimen shall be retained in reserve for later testing if required. REPAIRS Remove and replace concrete that does not comply with requirements in this Section. 11, Lj 898-03 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03301 - 6 SECTION 04203 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and F, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of each type of masonry work is indicated on drawings and schedule. Any damage to existing finishes are to be repaired by responsible Prime Contractor at no Cost to the Owner. Types of masonry work required include: Concrete unit masonry QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: Where fire -resistance ratings are indicated for unit masonry work, provide materials and construction which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing in compliance with ASTM E 119 by a recognized testing and inspecting organization or by another means, as acceptable to authority raving jurisdiction. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and other data fro each type of masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured products, including certifications that each type complies with specified requirements. Include instructions for handling, storage, installations and protection. DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition. - Store and handle masonry units to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature change, contaminants, corrosion or other ` causes. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover and in dry location. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained. Store masonry accessories including metal. items to prevent deterioration by corrosion and accumulation of dirt. PROJECT CONDITIONS Do not apply concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. �a Staining: Prevent grout or mortar from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed. Remove immediately grout or mortar in contact with such 898-03 UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 1 UNIT MASONRY, CONT masonry. Protect sills, ledges and projections from droppings of mortar. Cold Weather Protection: Do not lay masonry units which are wet or frozen. Remove all masonry determined to be frozen or damaged by freezing conditions. Perform the following construction procedures while the work is progressing: When air temperature is from 40 deg. F and below, no work is to be performed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 G PRODUCTS �J MASONRY UNITS - GENERAL Manufacturer: Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer, of uniform texture and color for each kind required, for each continuous area and visually related areas. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 1, Ziz$: Manufacturer's standard fluted units with nominal face dimensions Of 16" long x °" high (15-5/8" x 7-5J8" actual). Verify and match existing block dimensions at all locations where walls are patched. Special Shapes: Provide where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, , control Joints, headers, bonding and other special conditions. Hollow Load-Bearina: ASTM C 00 where shown. Grade N for general use in exterior walls above and below grade that may or may not be exposed to moisture penetration. Weiaht Classification: Normal weight units. (125 lbs. Per cu. Ft. or more, oven dry weight of concrete) at the following location. Exterior walls Cure units by autoclave treatment as a minimum temperature of 350 deg. F and a minimum pressure of 125 psi. Limit moisture absorption of 25% of saturation during delivery and until time of installation.. Exposed Faces: Provide manufacturer's standard color and texture - to match existing fluted walls. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold j weather construe Provide natural color or white cement as required ' construction. �) to produce the required mortar color. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. (Lone Star Standard) __ r� 098-03 � UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 2 UNIT MASONRY. CONT Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. [;` Aaareaate for Grout: ASTM C 404. Colored Mortar Piaments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes to match existing motar. Use only pigments with record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: F` "SGS Mortar Colors": Davis Colors, A subsidiary of Rockwood Industries, Inc. ;. Clean, free of deleterious materials which would i,��pair strength or bond. MASONRY ACCESSORIES Horizontal Joint Reinforcing and Ties for Masonry: Provide welded wire units prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10' with matching corner and tee units. Fabricate from cold -drawn steel wire complying with ASTM A °', (ASTM A 64 for zinc coating) with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross -rods, and a unit width of 1-1/2" to 2" less than thickness of wall or partition. Provide units fabricated as follows: Ladder type fabricated with single pair of 9 ga. Side rods and 0 ga. Perpendicular cross rods spaced not more than 16" o.c. For exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize for fabrication with 1.5 oz. Zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class B2. Concrete Inserts for Masonry: Unit Type: Furnish cast-iron or malleable iron inserts of the type and ;size shown, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication with 1.5 oz. Zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class B-2. For installation of concrete inserts, see concrete sections of these specifications. Advise Concrete Installer of specific requirements regarding his placement of inserts which are to be used by Masonry Installer for anchoring of masonry work. % T on TTDV r4r 47%vvDQ Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard strength general purpose cleaner designed for new masonry surfaces of type indicated; composed of blended organic and inorganic acids combined with special wetting systems and inhibitors; expressly approved for intended use by manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. "Sure vlean" No. 600 Detergent; ProSoCc, Inc. MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES Do not lower the freezing point of mortar by use of admixtures or anti- freeze agents such as Calcium Chloride in mortar or grout. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specifications, except limit materials to those specified herein, and 898-03 UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 3 limit cement/lime ratio (by volume) as follow: Type 1P:1f2L:4-1f2S (Below grade) F_ Type N: 1P:1L:6S (Above grade) Masonry Cement: Over 2-1/4 parts up to three parts damp loose aggregate per one part of masonry cement. No lime allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION, GENERAL Do not wet concrete masonry units. Cleaning Reinforcing: Before placing, remove loose rust, ice and other coatings from reinforcing. Thickness: Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry tlTaltS, using L2T'iits vf nominal thickness iTldicated. Build chases as shown or required for the work of other trades. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry work. After installation of equipment, complete masonry work to match work immediately adjacent to the opening. Cut masonry units using motor -driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining work. Use full-size units without cutting where possible. Use dry cutting saws to cut concrete masonry units. Matchina Existing Masonry Work: Match coursing, bonding, color, joint, and texture of new masonry work with existing work. Frozen Materials and Work: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. For masonry which is specified to be wetted, comply with the Brick Institute of America recommendations. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost of freezing. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises do not exceed 1/4" in 10', or 3/8" in a story height not to exceed 20' nor 1/2" in 40' or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints and other conspicuous limes, do not exceed 1/4" in any story or 20' maximum, not 1/2" in 40' or more. Variation from Level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. Variation of Linear Building Line: For positions shown in plan and 1 related portion of columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20' maximum, nor 3/4" in 40' or more. Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Do not exceed bed joint thickness E indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8", with a maximum thickness r; 898-03 UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 4 UNIT MASONRY. CONT limited to 1/2". Do not exceed head joint thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8". LAYING MASONRY WALLS Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement -type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less -than -half size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. Lay-up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Pattern Bond: Match coursing, bonding color and texture of new masonry work with existing work. MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING Use Type S at exterior below grade applications. Batch Control: Measure and batch materials either by volume or weight, such that the required proportions •for mortar can be accurately controlled and maintained. Measurement of sand exclusively by shovel will not be permitted. Mix mortar ingredients for a minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. Use water clean and free of deleterious materials which would impair the work. Do not use mortar which has begun to set, or more than 2-1/2 hours has elapsed since initial mixing. Retemper mortar during 2-1 a hr. Period as required to restore workability. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells; also bed webs in mortar in starting course of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or to be filled with concrete or grout. For starting courses on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells. Joints.: Maintain joint widths shown, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not otherwise indicated, lay walls with 3/8" joints. Cut joints flush for masonry walls which are to be concealed or to be covered by other materials. Tool exposed joints slightly concave. Rake out mortar in preparation for application of caulking or sealants where shown. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and relay in fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar, and reset in fresh mortar. L JOINT REINFORCING Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcing as shown and specified. Fully embed longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8" on exterior side of walls and I" at other locations. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units. Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing, as otherwise indicated. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use 098-03 UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 5 of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures and other special conditions. 1, Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows: For single-wythe walls, space reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically, unless otherwise indicated. LINTELS AND BOND BEAMS Install loose lintels of steel and other materials where shown. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide precast or farmed -in -place masonry lintels. Thoroughly cure precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed -in -place lintels. Provide masonry lintels and bond beam at top of wall as indicated. For hollow concrete masonry unit walls, use specially formed "u"- shaped lintel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled with Type M mortar or concrete grout. Provide minimum bearing at each jamb, of 4" for openings less than 6'-0" wide and 8" for wider openings. Removing and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, due to selective demolition or remodeling or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to ri eliminate evidence of replacement. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weepholes, and completely filled with mortar. Point -up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepare for application of caulking or sealant compounds. Final Cleanina: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry to manufacturer's recommendations. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non- metallic crape hoes or chisels. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave I panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. Protect adjacent masonry or stone and non -masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film or waterproof masking tape.' Saturate wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water.! Use bucket and brush hand cleaning method described in BIA_ "Technical Note No. 20 Revised" to clean brick masonry made from clay or shale, except use masonry cleaner indicated below. Acidic cleaner; apply in compliance with directions of cleaner Li manufacturer. 898-03 UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 6 UNIT MASONRY, CONT Clean concrete unit masonry to comply with masonry manufacturer's directions and applicable NCMA "Tek" bulletins. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer, which ensures unit masonry work being without damage and deterioration at time of substantial completion. Qvnv-03 UNIT MASONRY 04203 - 7 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Blocking around door and window openings. Wood furring, grounds, nailers and blocking. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for interior woodwork specially fabricated to this Project. "30CIN101wim Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in otter Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise specified. Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber and plywood and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference with lumber grades and species include the following: s SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. General: Where lumber is indicated as preservative -treated or is specified to be treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and AWPA C9 (Plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. ur Do not use chemicals containing chromium or arsenic. 898-03 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY. CONT Pressure -treat above -ground items with water -borne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. Treat indicated items and the following: Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. Wood plates and blocking under wall caps. Pressure -treat wood members in contact with ground or fresh water with water -borne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.40 lb/cu. ft. MTSCELLANEOUE LUMBER General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping and similar members. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. Grade: For dimension lumber sizes, provide No. 2 standard grade lumber. For board -size lumber, provide No. 3 common grade per NELMA, NLGA, or WWPA. FASTENERS General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with III requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. Power Driven Fasteners: CABO 'National Evaluation Report' NER-272. Screws:Wood ASME B18.6.1. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M) Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and flat washers. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required Lj for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.# E i 4 898-03-_� ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2 I Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as .., indicated, complying with the following: '! "Table 23-II-B-1--Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code (1997 Edition). Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved including handrails, equipment, wall cabinets and wall accessories. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. 898-03 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 3 gPr'TTnM flgAn9 - TNTRRTnR ARr!TiTTV.rTTTRAT. L:onnw RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section, includes the following: Wood cabinets (casework). Plastic -laminate countertops. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section.: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for framing and for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work concealed in the wall. Division e Section "Flush Wood Doors" for doors specified by reference to architectural woodwork standards. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field finishing of installed interior architectural woodwork. DEFINITIONS Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing, and installation. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, (; including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for electrical grommets plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap dispensers, and other items installed in architectural woodwork. Samples for initial selection of the following in the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated. Plastic laminates. Thermoset melamine overlay panels. 1__ 898-03 TNTERTOR ARCHITECTURAL VT ODTRA 06402 - 1 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, CONT. QUALITY ASSURANCE ri Single -Source Responsibility: Arrange for production of interior architectural woodwork with sequence -matched wood veneers by a single firm. Quality Standard: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following standard: AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage soilage, and deterioration. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage, soil, or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in "Project Conditions." PROJECT CONDITIONS , Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet -work is completed, and HL'AC system is operating ; and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication, and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.Li Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, reinforcements, and furring that support woodwork by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. 17 nDnnl TP+TQ MATERIALS ] f General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI i 09v-03 -' T TTm LSD InD ARCHITECTURAL WVOT1wnpv 06402 - 2 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, CONT. quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated ' and, where the following products are part of interior woodwork, with requirements of the referenced product standards that apply to product characteristics indicated: Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1. Formaldehyde Emission Level for Medium -Density Fiberboard: Comply with requirements of NPA 9. H i ah-Press re Decorative Laminate: : NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high- pressure decorative laminates by one of the following: Formica Corporation. Laminart. Nevamar Corp. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. Adhesive for Bondina Plastic Laminate: Contact cement. Thermoset Melamine Overlay: Decorative surface of thermally fused polyester or melamine -impregnated web, bonded to specified substrate and complying with ALA 1992. Substrate: Medium -density particleboard. Domtar Decorative Panels Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. Satin Stainless Steel, Stainless -Steel Base: BHMA 630. For concealed hardware provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements of BHMA A156.9. Furrina. Blockino. Shims. and Haraina Strip: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal - framing manufacturer. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. .. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed steel or 898-03 .L AjT LSDI "�^t'iIT�'Cm r t Rlr.� r �.I ODI,17 tRY 06401 - 3 1S lit\i \ :'1S .✓S E 1 V r •TV nn \ G J INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, CONT, lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. r FABRICATION, GENERAL Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard and of the following grade: r" Custom. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: Edges of rails and similar members more than 3/4 inch thick: 1/8 inch. Corners of cabinets and edges of solid -wood (lumber) members and rails: 1/16 inch or as detailed. Complete fabrication, including assembly, and hardware application, before shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble P 7 components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where _ necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Shop -cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water-resistant coating. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for wood cabinets. Grade: Custom. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay on face frame. Wood Species for Exposed Surfaces: Red oak, plain sliced. Wood Species for Exposed Surfaces: As indicated. Matching of Veneer Leaves: Random match. Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: Surfaces Other than Drawer Bodies: Match species and cut indicated for exposed surfaces. CLOSET AND UTILITY THERMOSET MELAMINE SHELVING FOR OPAQUE FINISH Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section. Grade: Custom. Frames and Rail Material: Thermoset Melamine. Shelves: Thermoset Melamine. FdSes: PVC Pounded T-molding. 898-03 INT7777-'R ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 4 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, CONT. Backs: 1/4" Thermoset Melamine. COUNTERTOPS Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for countertops. Grade: Custom. Type of Top: High-pressure decorative laminate complying with the following: Grade: GP-50, 0.050 inch nominal thickness. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: Solid colors. Patterns. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. Core Material: Exterior -grade plywood. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installing. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. NSTALLA Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for plumb and level (including tops). Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where transparent finish is indicated. Cabinets: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. �- 89E-03 IP:TFDT^D fiP,^HTTECTUR�L WOOD.ti'^=tK 06402 - 5 Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. Maintain veneer sequence matching of cabinets with transparent finish. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. Calk space between backsplash and wall with specified sealant. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches O.C. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to fabricator and Installer that ensures that woodwork is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY SCHEDULE BHMA numbers are used below to designate hardware requirements, except as otherwise indicated. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: Amerock 7550. Pulls: Wire pulls, 3-1/2 inches long, 5/16 inches in diameter. Amerock 76310-26D Lulls: Stanley 4477 satin anodized. Catches: As follows: iaonetic Catches: Amerock #9783-AL. Adjustable Shelf Standards: K&V255. Shelf Rests for Standards: K&V256. Door Locks: E07121. 898-03 TNTERIOR RCHlmECTLURnJ T.f'_'OD WRY, 06402 - 6 INTERIOR V11 !? 1U 11:iU1 J \^T •YV \ L. 07200 - INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of insulation work is shown on drawings and indicated by provisions of this section. Work of this section is to be included in the work under Division 9 section as shown.. Applications of insulation specified in this section include the following: Blanket -type building insulation. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire -resistance, flammability and insurance ratings indicated, and comply with regulations as interpreted by governing authorities. All materials under this section shall comply with the following requirements: Flame spread - 25 or less Smoke developed - 50 or less SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product speClfications and installation. instructions for each type of insulation and vapor barrier material required. �iOW&JR41WRIF cN10016 General Protection: Protect insulations from physical damage and from becoming wet, soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. MATERIALS Glass Fiber Poly -encapsulated Blanket/Batt Tnsulation: Inorganic fibers bonded wih acrylic thermosetting binders enclosed in plastic wrapping. ASTM C 665, Type II, Category 1, 0.5 perm facer film; manufacter's standard lengths and widths as required to coordinate with spaces to be insulated; types as follows: Tvoe_1: 6" thick (R-19) with poly -encapsulated facing, 24"x40" units for lay -in ceiling. Flame Spread Ratina: 25 (ASTM E V14) facing. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide: Manville Bldg. Materials Corp.; Denver, CO "ComfortTherm" 898-03 T %y q, 7 A rr T !'1 TT m _ H Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in .writing of + + ,� +r ,, +'1 unsatisfactory conditions. o not proceed wit. 1 insulal.ion worry until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION; General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Install around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projBCtions which interfere with placement. General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible by nondelayed installation of concealing work or, where that is not possible, by temporary covering or enclosure. Installer shall advise Contractor of exposure hazards, including possible sources of deterioration and fire hazards. 898-03 rnjarjr,ATTOM n 7 ' 0 _- ? SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART fMMK!-Mk R1,2: RELAIED-DOCUMEVTOO Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specifications, apply to work of this section. • 9XVIMMOM The extent of each form and type of Joint sealer includes the surface preparation, joint backing and sealants. The applications for joint sealers as work of this section include the following: Window and door joints. Interior wall and ceiling joints. Joints at plumbing fixtures. Fire resistant joint sealers. General Performance: Except as otherwise indicated, joint- sealers are required to establish and maintain airtight and watertight continuous seals on a permanent basis, within recognized limitations of wear and aging as indicated for each application. Failures of installed sealers to comply with this requirement will be recognized as failures of materials and workmanship. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation/curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. QUALITY ASSURANCE Perform all work in accordance with manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. JOB CONDITIONS Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of sealants under unfavorable weather conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when 'J temperature is in lower third of temperature range recommended by manufacturer for installation. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. _ 898-03 JnT%TM SEALANTO 07920 - 1 JOINT SEALANTS, CONT ELASTOMERIC JOINTS SEALANTS Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those for Type, Grade, Class, and _ Uses. One -Fart Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0; formulated with furgicide for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates around ceramic tile, showers, sinks and plumbing fixtures. Non -staining, non -bleeding, non -sagging. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: One -Part Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: "Dow Corning 786"; Dow Corning Corp. One -Fart Nonsaq Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25, Uses NT, M, A and, as applicable to joints substrates indicated, 0 for sealing at exterior and interior door and window joints. Non -staining, non - bleed 4.L ng. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: One -Part Nonsaa Urethane Sealant: "Vulkem 116"; Mameco International, Inc. "Dyratrol I"; Pecora Corp. "Sonolastic NP 1"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chem. Prod. Inc. "Dymonic"; Tremco Inc. LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew -resistant, acrylic -emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed applications on interior wood framing, acoustical panels and other locations where joint movement is not more than + or - 7.5%. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ,- "Chem -Calk 600"; Bostik Construction Products Div. 11AC-2011; Pecora Corp. "Sonolac"; Sonneborn Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chem. Prod., Inc. "Tremco Acrylic Latex Caulk"; Tremco Inc. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sealant and accessory materials with fire -resistance rating indicated which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting --- agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 898-03 JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 2 Foamed -In -Place Fire-Stopoina Sealant: Two-part, foamed -in -place, silicone sealant formulated for use as part of a through -penetration fire -stop system for filling openings around cables, conduit, pipes, ducts and similar multiple penetrations through walls and floors and attic smoke and firewalls. Use for sealing firewalls to deck. Products: Subject + + F 1, troduc l.s: Subject, to compliance with requ Lremen4s, pr ov Lde one of the following: Foamed -In -Place Fire-Stopoinq Sealant: "Dow Corning Fire Stop Foam"; Dow Corning Corp. "Persil 851"; General Electric Co. One -Part Fire-Stoppina Sealant: One part elastomeric sealant formulated for use as part of a through -penetration fire -stop system for sealing openings around cables, conduit, pipes and similar single penetrations through walls and floors. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: One -Part Fire -Stopping Sealant: "Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant"; Dow Corning Corp. 113M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25"; Electrical Products Div./3M. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide non -staining, chemical cleaner of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant. Oversize 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. Accessory Materials for Fire-Stog_ina Sealants: Provide forming, joint -fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for installation of fire -stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. • All joint sealing is to be completed prior to application of water repellent wall sealer. INSPECTION Installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealers for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Obtain Installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealer work. Do not allow joint sealer work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 098-03 JIJ L SEAL AP1Tc �i?920 - 3 i 1 ..:► i►_ Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt and frost. Clean concrete, masonry and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Remove latency and form release agents from concrete. Clean metal, glass and other non -porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Masking Tape: Use «asking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. i i ► General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 362 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: 790 for use of latex sealants. Installation of Sealant Backings: with the following requirements: Comply with requirements of ASTM C Install sealant backings to comply Install joint -fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -fillers. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint -fillers. Remove absorbent joint -fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 898-0? JOIN' 'ALANTS 07920 - 4 Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, crass -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Toolina of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do riot use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. Installation of Fire -Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings ,around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. CLEANING Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. 898-03 JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 5 iw�......w � � P" ......w, � p.m....,,............w, ,..,.,,.., .,�.....^^w gym.-,-,..,.m..,y V.,� �.,,,�. .......,,, �--�- P---.----• ...............�,�I SECTION 08112 - STEEL FRAMES PART RELATED 1 - GENERAL DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. Y'%VV(4VTDTTnW nr Wt-MV E`tit8rit of standard steel frames is S howri and scheduled on drawings. Builder's hardware is specified elsewhere in Division 8. QUALITY ASSURANCE Provide frames complying with Steel Door Insti41--ute "Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames" (SDI-100) and as herein Specified. Lire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated door assemblies are indicated or required, provide fire -rated door and frame assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, listed, and labeled in accordance with ASTM E 152 "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. SUBMITTALS Product r1 . Latmaa.: Submit manufacturer's Speif 4lA.L _Loris nFor ifabrication and installation, including data substantiating that products comply with requirements. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of steel frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide schedule of frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory finished doors. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided finish items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. Store frames at building site under cover. Place units on wood sills at least 4" high, or otherwise store on floors in manner that will prevent rust and damage. Avoid use of non -vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door 898-03 omvvr nnaMVc+ nog 1 1� - It Rye Do am Qlam 1 +"O &M becomes wet, remove carton immediately. stacked doors to promote air circulation. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance frames by one of the following: Steel Frames. (General): Steelcraft - Series Din'-16 drywall frames Republic Builders Products Corp. - Series FH416 drywall frames The frame sizes shall be 4-718" as drawing. Provide 1/4" spaces between with requirements, provide steel for 1-3/4 doors (16 gage frames) for 1-3/4 doors (16 gage frames) required by the details on the Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568. Support and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage galvanized sheet steel. Inserts. Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot -dip galvanize items to be built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. ot*N a Mwz Fabricate steel frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory -assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold -rolled or hot -rolled steel (at fabricator's option). Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide counter- sunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts. Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware at the factory in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A 115 series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Drilling and tapping shall be done at the factory. Reinforce frames to receive surface -applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface -applied finish hardware may be done at project site. 1 ono-03 P3 STEEL FRAMES. CONT Locate finish hardware as showy, on final shop drawings or, if not shown, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware," published by Door and Hardware Institute. Shoo Fainting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. Apply shop coat of baked -on rust inhibiting prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. Provide metal frames for doors and other openings, of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames with mitered corners for knocked -down drywall construction for field assembly. Hinge reinforcement plates shall be a minimum of 9-gage steel. Strike reinforcement shall be a minimum of 14-gage steel, extruded and formed to an equivalent of 10-gage. Closer reinforcement shall be a minimum of.12-gage steel. Door Silencers: Drill stops to receive three silencers on strike jambs of single -swing frames and two silencers on heads of double -swing frames. All framesto have integral or welded -on sill anchors. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which steel frames are to be installed and must notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. General: Install standard steel frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. In metal stud partitions, install at least three tee wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. _ In closed steel stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with tapping screws. Steel studs with wood blocking use wood stud anchors. Attach integral sill anchors to slab with power actuated concrete fasteners. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated door assemblies are indicated or required, provide fire -rated frame assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 "Standard for Fire Doors and Windows", and have been tested, _. 890-03 rMV"r Inn A*.AV0 n011 1? _. ? STEEL FRAMES, CONT listed, and labeled in accordance with•ASTM E 15Irl" "Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies" by a nationally recognized independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. ADJUST AND CLEAN Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air -drying primer. 898-03 nm A011 1) A ;ECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 --GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. U '-N Extent and location of each type of flush wood door is indicated on drawings and in schedules. T1iiS Section includes the following: Solid core flush wood doors and transoms with wood veneer faces. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Metal door frames for flush wood doors are specified in another Division-8 section. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers, and factory -finishing specifications. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, requirements for veneer matching and other pertinent data. Use same reference numbers for details and openings as those on the original contract documents. QUALITY ASSURANCE Ouality Standards: Comply with the following standards: AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards", of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI; for grade of door, core construction, finish and other requirements exceeding those of NWWDA quality standard. �- Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors that comply with NFPA 80; which are identical in materials and construction to units tested in door and frame assemblies per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed for ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Sinaje-Source Responsibility: obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer. I Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, L soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of ITWWDA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, 898-03 FT.T!FIR wnnn rnn,, cR 08211 - 1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS. CONT Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions. T .7 .. + F 1. 4 lClwith Identify y each door with in%A1vidual opening numbers wh.LL1 correlate wi h designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. PROJECT CONDITIONS Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to project's geographical location: A''I quality standard including Section 100-S-11 "Relative Humidity and Moisture Content". General Warranty: Door Manufacturer's Warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42 by 04 inch section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 inch span, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of Substantial Completion. Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. Contractor's Responsibilities: Replace or refinish doors where Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's warranty. f vi f ��wctN aw-.i f Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors of one of the following: Solid Core Doors: Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. Buell Door Company. Chappell Door Company. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. V-T Industries, Inc. Weyerhauser Company. Solid Core Doors for Transparent Finish: See schedule for location and S9S-03 T, r,TTRT-T � rY)T) nnnRR (110111 1 - lU/. Joammuolomela comply with the following requirements: Faces: Red oak, plain sliced. AWI Grade: Custom. Construction: 7 plies. Core: Particleboard core. Bondina: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. Fire -Rated Solid Core Doors: Comply with the following requirements: Faces and AT4I Grade: Provide faces and grade to match non -rated doors .Ln same area of branding, unless otheriJlSe 1radlCated . Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction as required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated. Blockina: Provide composite blocking designed to maintain fire resistance of door but with improved screw -holding capability of same thickness as core and with minimum dimensions as follows: 5-inch top rail blocking. 5-inch bottom rail blocking. 5 by 18 inch lock blocks. 5-inch midrail blocking. Edoe Construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated -edge construction improved screw -holding capability and split resistance as compared to edges composed of a single layer of treated lumber as required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated. :Within Door Faces: Provide doors with the following veneer matching: Book matching. FABRICATION Fabricate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with following requirements: Factory fit doors to suit frame opening sizes indicated with the following uniform clearances and bevels: Comply with tolerance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire - resistance -rated doors. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame shop drawings, DHI A115-W series standards, and hardware templates. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory machining. PART 3 - EXECUTION Wm"t" + Examine installed door frames prior to hanging or: Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, - location, anchorage and swing characteristics, and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. t Reject doors with defects. T?T TTcv wnnT) T,nnps FLUSH WOOD DOORS_ CONT Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware." Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames in accordance with requirements of NFFA No. 80. Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Fitting_ Clearances for Non -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch at jambs and heads; 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8 from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Fitting Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: Comply with NFFA 80. Bevel non -rated doors 1/8" in 2" (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. Bevel fire -rated doors 1/8" in 2 (3-1/2 degrees) in lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. Field -Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements: Division 0 section "Fainting". ri ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION: PA operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. 11 Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. HA Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 898-03 T•'T,ITcH wnnn nnnRs 08211 - 4 ISECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE FART 1. l' RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. This Section includes items known commercially as f inish or door hardware that are required for swing doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed. This Section include hardware to be salvaged and reinstalled and new doors and frames. This Section includes the following: Hinges. Lock cylinders and keys. Bolts. Closers. Door Trim units. Thresholds. Weatherstripping. Protection plates. Silencers for all metal frames. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 5 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for cabinet hardware. Division OU Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for silencers integral with hollow metal frames. Division WO Section "Flush Wood Doors" for factory prefitting and factory premachining of doors for door hardware. Door hardware supplier's responsibilities shall be as follows: Submittals: Submit through Contractor required product data, final hardware schedule, separate keying schedule, and samples as specified in this Section, unless otherwise indicated. Coordination and Templates: Assist Contractor as required to coordinate new and existing hardware with other work in respect to both fabrication and installation. Furnish Contractor with templates and deliver hardware to proper locations. Product Handlina: Package, identify, deliver, and inventory door hardware new and existing hardware. Contractor's responsibilities shall be as follows: ✓ ,submittals: Coordinate and process submittals for door hardware in same manner as submittals for other work. Coordination: Coordinate door hardware with other Work. Furnish hardware supplier of manufacturer with shop drawings of other work 4 where required or requested. Verify completeness and suitability of hardware with supplier. 8 J V- 0 3 I;OOR HARDWARE 08710 - 1 Product Handling: Provide secure lock -up for hardware salvaged or delivered to the site. Inventory hardware jointly with representative or hardware supplier and issue signed receipts for all delivered materials. � V � General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish or door hardware. Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Provide two copies of schedule with cut sheets and product information of all items listed in the schedule. Hardware schedules are intended for coordination of Work. Provide same opening numbers or item numbers as listed in the construction documents for all schedules. Submittal Sequence: Submit final schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product date, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of schedule. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 0MOOMM12MIRRM+�a1 Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire -rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and NFPA 101 (1994) and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated in compliance with requirements of fire -rated door and door frame labels. Accessibility Standards: Provide hardware that complies with ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act - 1990 - Title these provisions "Public Accomodations and Commercial Facilities". Hardware shall also comply with TAS - Texas Accessibility Standards. 898-03 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 2 DOOR HARDWARE. CONT PART 2 - PRODUCTS SCHEDULED HARDWARE Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the "Door Schedule" on the Drawings or at the end of this Section. The Door latchesets, locksets and cylinders are to match existing facility. ANSI/BHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section or in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. Butts and Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1. Exit Devices: ANSI/BHMA A156.3. Door Controls - Closers: ANSI/BHMA A156.4. Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products: ANSI/BHMA A156.5. Architectural Door Trim: ANSI/BHMA A156.6. Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI/BHMA A156.7. Self Closing Hinges and Pivots: ANSI/BHMA A156.17. Materials and Finishes: ANSI/BHMA A156.18. Door Hardware: Handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping. Tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate, Hardware for passage shall be mounted no higher than 48" above finished floor. Hand of Door: The drawings show the direction of swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and ., operation of the door movement as shown. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable nameplates) except in conjunction with required fire -rated labels. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock f cylinders only. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI/BHMA A156 series standards for each type of hardware item and with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide p' Phillips flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if _} 898-03 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 3 exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as possible including "prepared for paint' surfaces to receive painted finish. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door is closed except to the extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of reinforcing the work adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Where thru-bolts are used as a means of reinforcing the work, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. . d Templates: Except for hinges and butts to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template -produced units. ;crews: Provide Phillips flat -head screws complying with the following requirements: For wood doors and metal frames install machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. For fire -rated wood doors install #12 x 1-1/4-inch, threaded -to -the - head steel wood screws. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. Hinae Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: Out -Swing Exterior Doors: Nonremovable pins. Out -Swing Corridor Doors with Locks: Nonremovable pins. Interior Doors: Nonrising pins. Tips: Flat button and matching plug, finish to match leaves. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. Fire -Rated Doors: Not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 86 inches or less in height with same rule for additional hinges. LOCK CYLINDERS, CORES. AND KEYING Existina System: Key the locks to the Owner's existing system, with a new masterkey for the Project. Both existing and new. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. Key Ouality: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system, and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. Deliver keys to Owner. LOCKS, LATCHES. AND BOLTS Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set, unless otherwise indicated. 898-03 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 4 Provide flat lip strikes for locks with 3-piece, antifriction latchbolts as recommended by manufacturer. Lock Throw: Provide 5/8-inch minimum throw of latch on pairs of doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. Provide 1/2-inch minimum throw of latch for cylinder or bored and preassembled types of locks. Provide 1-inch minimum throw for all dead bolts. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Access -Free Manual Closers: Where manual closers are required for doors to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A117.1 provisions for door opening force and delayed action closing. Door Closing: If a door has a closer then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3" from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. Door Openina Force: The maximum force for pushing or pulling open a door shall be as follows: Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority. Other Doors• Exterior Hinged Doors: (No requirement at this time). Interior Hinged Doors: 5 lbf. These forces do not apply to the force required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that may hold the door in a closed position. Provide grey resilient parts for exposed bumpers. DOOR TRIM UNITS Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for door trim units consisting of either machine screws or self -tapping screws. Fabricate edge trim of stainless steel or aluminum to fit door thickness in standard lengths or to match height of protection plates. Fabricate protection plates not more than 1-1/2 inches less than door width on hinge side and not more than 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side by height indicated. Metal Plates: Stainless steel, 0.050 inch (U.S. 18 gage). G►i General: Provide continuous weatherstripping where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 898-03 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 5 DOOR HARDWARE. CONT Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. Weatherstripping at Jambs and Heads: Provide bumper -type resilient insert and metal retainer strips, surface applied. Weatherstripping at Door Bottoms: Provide threshold of design and size shown and of following metal, finish, and resilient seal strip: Extruded aluminum with natural anodized finish, 0.062-inch minimum thickness of main walls and flanges. Solid neoprene wiper. PEMKO #315AN .:f+i General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and profile as shown or scheduled. All thresholds to meet ADAAG height and bevel requirements. SILENCERS General: At all hollow metal doors, silencers 'Hager' #307D at strike jamb. latch side provide 3 rubber ril Provide finishes that match those established by BHMA and match the existing hardware finish in the building. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the industry -recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise noted. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations and except as otherwise directed by Architect. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. NWWDA Industry Standard I.S.1.7, "Hardware Locations for Wood Flush Doors." Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. 898-03 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 6 I •:i�.:� i1 Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." Weatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. Smoke and Sound Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. ADJUSTING, CLEANING. AND DEMONSTRATING Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. Six -Month Adjustment: Approximately six months after the date of Substantial Completion, the Installer, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of latchsets and locksets and of door control devices, and of other major hardware suppliers, shall return to the Project to perform the following work: Examine and re -adjust each item of door hardware as necessary to restore function of doors and hardware to comply with specified requirements. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of hardware units. 898-03 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 7 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. This Section includes the following: Non -load -bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing. Gypsum board bonded adhesively to interior masonry substrates. Cementitious backer units installed with gypsum board assemblies. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood blocking, framing and furring. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. ;'UBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where fire -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver materials in original packages, container or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack �V gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging. 898-03 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 1 Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. p;• •i I a • Environmental Reauirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application standards, ASTM C 840 and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board. Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55 degrees F maintain continuous, uniform, comfortable building working temperatures of not less than 55 degrees F for a minimum period of 48 hours prior to, during and following application of gypsum board and joint treatment materials or bonding of adhesives. .11k•1•fill* MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with of one of the following: Steel Framina and Furrina: Clark Steel Framing. Dietrich Industries, Inc. Unimast Inc. Gypsum Board and Related Products: Domtar Gypsum Georgia-Pacific Corp. Gold Bond Building Products Div., United States Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Co. "Durock" requirements, provide products National Gypsum Co. General: Provide steel framing members complying with the following requirements: Component Sizes and Spacings: As indicated required to comply with ASTM C 754 under deflection and lateral loading conditions. Maximum Deflection: L/120 at 10 lbf per Protective Coating: G 40 hot -dip galvanized Thickness: 0.0359 inch, (20 gage). but not less than that the following maximum sq. ft. coating per ASTM A 525. Depth: 3-5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Provide fasteners of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complying with the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated. Fasteners for Wall Furring: Masonry fasteners shall be hardened nails pneumatically driven which penetrate substrate a minimum of 3/4". 898-03 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 2 Gypsum Wallboard ASTM C 35, of types, edge configuration and thickness indicated; in maximum lengths available to minimize end- to -end butt joints. (8' x 4' for ceiling 8'-0" and lower, 9' x 4' for ceilings 9'-0" and lower, 10' x 4' for ceiling 10'-0" or lower). Type: Regular on vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Edges.: Tapered Thickness: 5/8 inch. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated. Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board, Domtar Gypsum. Firestop Type C, Georgia-Pacific Corp. Fire -Shield G, Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core, United States Gypsum Co. Provide cemertitious backer units complying with ANSI A118.9, of thickness and width indicated below, and in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints. Thickness: 5/8 inch where indicated. Width: Manufacturer's standard width but not less that 32 inches. Drawings are based on: Durock Cement Board, United States Gypsum Co. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, cementitious backer units that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: DomCrete Cementitious Tile -Backer Board, Domtar Gypsum. Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board, FinPan, Inc. Glas-crete Cementitious Backer Board, Glascrete, Inc. Accessories for Interior Installation: Corner beads, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: Material: Formed metal with metal complying with the following requirement: Sheet steel zinc -coated by hot -dip process. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: Cornerbead on outside corners. LC -bead with both face and aback flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC -beads for edge trim unless otherwise indicated. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L-bead where indicated. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated. One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot, with removable strip covering slot opening. 898-03 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 3 Zinc Accessories for Exterior Ceilinas: Corner beads, edge trim, and control joints formed from rolled zinc complying with ASTM C 1047, in shapes indicated below by reference to ASTm C 1047: Corner bead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. Edge trim complying with ASTM C 1047, formed from rolled zinc, shape LC -Bead per Fig. 1, unless otherwise indicated. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following requirements: Product has flame -spread and smoke -developed ratings of less than 25 per ASTM E 84. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. Soot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting -type joint compound recommended for spot grouting hollow metal door frames. Steel drill screws Type S bugle head complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. Corrosion -resistant -coated steel drill screws, Type 5-12 wafer head, of size and type recommended by board manufacturer for fastening cementitious backer units. Stud to Runner Screws: Type S, pan head. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal frames, cast -in -anchors, and structural framing with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Ceiling Anchorages: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structural assemblies to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers that will develop their full strength and at spacing required to support ceilings. Steel Framina Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 898-03 GYPSUM BOARD AF'cgMBLIES 09260 - 4 �MM . M OMANI. 1494304MM16011 Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with "Gypsum Construction Handbook" published by United States Gypsum Co. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members. Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members. Install runners (tracks) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction. 4 Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. Installation Tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so that fastening surfaces do not vary more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings. For STC-rated and fire -resistive -rated partitions requiring partitions to extend to the underside of floor/roof slabs and decks or other continuous solid structural surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around structural and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks, as needed, to support gypsum board closures needed to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacings indicated but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing installation standard to comply with maximum deflection and minimum loading requirements specified: Single -Layer Construction: Space studs at 16 inches o.c. Install steel studs so that flanges point in the same direction and so that leading edges or ends of each gypsum board can be attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. Lateral bracings of 1-1/2" channels are to be inserted through stud web holes at four (4) feet on center of walls over 9 feet in height. Frame door openings to comply with details indicated, with GA-219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. Attach vertical studs at jambs with screws either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. Provide runner tracks of same gage as jamb studs. Space jack studs same as partition studs. Install double 18-gage studs at each jamb for all doors. Extend vertical jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. Frame openings other than door openings in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 898-03 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 5 Install supplementary framing, runners, furring, blocking and bracing at opening and termination in the work, and at locations required to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone. Pre -Installation conference: Meet at the project site with the installers of related work and review the coordination and sequencing of work to ensure that everything to be concealed by gypsum drywall has been accomplished, and that chases, access panels, openings, supplementary framing and blocking and similar provisions have been completed. Install sound attenuation blankets after board has been installed on one side of stud. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than 1'-0" in alternate courses board. Install ceiling boards in the direction and manner which will minimize the number of end -butt joints, and which will avoid end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at not less than one framing member. Install wall/partition boards vertically to avoid end -butt joints wherever possible. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate course boards. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1116" open space between boards. Do not force into place. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports of gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field -cut ends against mill -cut or field cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so that the leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. Attach gypsum board to framing and blocking as required for additional support at openings and cutouts. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. 898-03 "'PS?TA 'P�ARD AF07, iBI,SL'S 09260 - 6 Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations but in no case over 12" o.c. rl GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS Single-LayerApplication: Install gypsum wallboard as follows: On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing. On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. Wall Tile Substrate: Where drywall is base for thin -set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes, comply with the following: Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11. Single -Layer Fastenina Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports as follows: Fasten with screws. Direct -Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum board is indicated to be directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set. Peen".1 y a General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum hoard to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound. Install U-type trim where edge is exposed, revealed, gasketed, ' or sealant -filled (including expansion joints). Install J-type semi -finishing trim where indicated, and where exterior gypsum board edges are not covered by applied moldings. Install plastic edge trim where indicated on wall panels at juncture with ceilings. Install metal control joint (beaded -type) where indicated according to ASTM C 840, and in locations approved by the Architect for visual effect. PROTECTION OF WORK Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. 898-03 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 - 7 GENERAL RELATED DOCUVEVTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. Definition: Tile includes ceramic surfacing units made from clay or other ceramic materials. Extent of tile work is indicated on drawings and schedules. Types of tile work in this section include the following: Unglazed ceramic mosaic tile. Glazed wall tile. Marble thresholds. See Schedule at end of the Section. Related Sections include the following: Sealing expansion and other joints in tile work with elastomeric joint sealers is specified as work of Division 7 Section, "Joint Sealers". QUALITY ASSURANCE Source of Materials: Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout, and setting materials. Installer Oualification: Engage an experienced Installer who has successfully completed tile installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information and installation instructions for materials required, except bulk materials. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating tile patterns and locations and widths of control, contraction, isolation, and expansion joints in tile surfaces. Locate precisely each joint and crack in tile substrates by measuring, record measurements on shop drawings, and coordinate them with tile joint locations, in consultation with Architect. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual tiles or sections of tile showing full range - of colors, textures and patterns available for each type of tile indicated. Include samples of grout and accessories involving color t, selection. Samples for Verification Purposes: Submit the following: Full size samples for each type of trim, accessory and for each color required. 6" long samples of stone thresholds. -} 898-03 mTr p nnl3nn 1 nET.IVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter or other causes. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to the work from carbon dioxide buildup. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg F in tiled areas during installation and for seven days after completion, unless higher temperatures required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials that match products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size. '. , q ".dol4rav\ i . Reference the "Schedule of Tile Finishes" at the end of this Section for tile manufacturers and types. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Dal -Tile Corp. 'Dal -Keystone', MK 106 Lone Star Ceramics Co. Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. United States Ceramic Tile Co. Manufacturers of Glazed Wall Tile: American Marrazzi Tile, Inc. American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Dal -Tile Corp. Florida Tile Div., Sikes Corp. 'Bright Glaze' # International American Ceramics. Monarch Tile Manufacturing, Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. United States Ceramic Tile Co. 898-03 mrr p nc�?n(ti } - Manufacturers of Dryset Mortars: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Bostick Construction Products Div. Custom Building Products. ` C-Cure Chemical Co., Inc. DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. L & M Mfg., Inc. Laticrete International, Inc. IJ Summitville Tiles, Inc. Latex -Emulsion -Based Latex -Portland Cement Mortars: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Bostik Construction Products Div. Custom Building Products DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. L & M Mfg. Inc. Laticrete International Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. n7 Acrylic Emulsions for Latex -Portland Cement Grouts: American Olean Tile Co., Inc. Bostik Construction Products Div. Custom Building Products DAP Inc. Div.; USG Corp. - L & M Mfg. Inc. Laticrete International Inc. Summitville Tiles, Inc. Manufacturers of Tile Cleaners: Hillyard Chemical Co. - L & M Mfg. Co., Inc. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile" for types and grades of tile indicated. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referenced with installation products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. Colors. Textures and Patterns: For tile and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures or other appearance characteristics, provide products to match characteristics indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Provide tile trim and accessories which match color and finish of adjoining flat tile. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, blend the in factory and package accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. Mountina: Where factory -mounted tile is required provide back- or edge -mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless another mounting method is indicated. Where tile is indicated for installation in swimming pools, on exteriors or in wet areas, do not use back- or edge -mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies that this type of 898-03 mTr v nnonn 7 mounting is suitable for these kinds of use and has been successfully used on other projects. Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile at Toilets: Provide factory -mounted flat tile complying with the following requirements: Type: Porcelain. Wearina Surface: Slip -resistant the with abrasive content. Nominal Facial Dimensions: As indicated. Nominal Thickness: 1/4". Face: As indicated. Glazed Wall Tile: Provide flat tile complying with the following requirements: Nominal Facial Dimensions: 4-1/4" x 4-1/4". Nominal Thickness: 5/16. Face: Plain with cushion edges. Mounting: Factory back -mounted. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply with following requirements: Size: As indicated, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile, where applicable. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: Base for Thinset Mortar Installations: Coved. External Corners for Thinset Installations: Surface bullnose. Internal Corners: Field -butted square corners, except use coved base and cap angle pieces designed to member with stretcher shapes. Accessories for Glazed Wall Tile: Provide vitreous china accessories of type and size indicated and in color and finish to match adjoining glazed wall tile. At each shower provide: One corner caddy. General: Provide stone which is uniform in color and finish, fabricated to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between tile surfaces and adjoining finished floor surfaces. Marble Thresholds: Provide marble thresholds complying with ASTM C 503 requirements for exterior use and abrasion resistance for uses subject to heavy foot traffic. Match Architect's sample for color and finish. Provide white, honed marble complying with ASTM C 503 and MIA Group "A" requirements for soundness. Maximum height to be 1/2 inch. Provide unit to meet ADA access guidelines. Polyethylene Sheet Waterproofing: "Nobleseal TS" consisting of composite sheets, 60 inches wide by a nominal thickness of 0.030, composed of an inner layer of chlorinated ployethylene sheet faced on both sides with laminated high -strength nonwoven polyester material, designed for embedding in latex-portland cement mortar, and as substrate for latex-portland cement mortar setting bed. 898-03 TTT,p 001n 1 - d Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Polyethylene Sheet Waterproofina: "Nobleseal TS"; Noble Co. (distributed by H.E. Fuller Co.) Latex -Portland Cement Mortar: Provide product complying with ANSI A118.4 and the following requirement for composition: Latex additive (water emulsion) of type described below, serving as a replacement for part or all of gauging water, added at job site to prepackaged dry mortar mix supplied or. specified by latex manufacturer. Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard. t � ii�+i►[e�viV��iti�� Latex -Portland Cement Grout: Provide product complying with ANSI A118.5 for the following composition and of color indicated: Latex additive (water emulsion) serving as a replacement for part or all of gauging water, added at job site to prepackaged dry grout mix, with type of latex and dry grout mix complying with requirements indicated below: Latex Type: Manufacturer's standard. Grout Type: Dry -set grout specified or supplied by latex manufacturer. Use latex additive without a retarder with dry -set grout. Application: Use to grout joints in glazed wall tile unless otherwise indicated. Tile Cleaner: Product specifically acceptable to manufacturer of tile and grout manufacturer for application indicated and as recommended by National Tile Promotion Federation, 112 North Alfred St., Alexandria, VA 22134 or Ceramic Tile Institute, 700 N. Virgil Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90029.- Mix mortars and grouts to comply with requirements of referenced standards and manufacturers for accurately proportioning of materials, water or additive content, mixing equipment and mixer speeds,. mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce,mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. Examine substrates and areas where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm, dry, clean, and free from oil or waxy films. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, 898-03 m-rr v nn13nn r TILE, CONT electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Blending: For file exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that the units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer of blend tiles as Project site before installing. WMWAR • �. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"; comply with TCA installation methods indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as applicable to installation conditions shown. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other penetration so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. Jointina Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls and trim are same size. Layout tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise shown. For tile mounted in sheets make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so that extent of each sheet is not apparent in finished work. Expansion or Control Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant filled joints, including control, contraction and isolation joints, where indicated. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tile. Locate joints in the surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Ll referenced standards and sealant manufacturer. Grout file to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards: For ceramic the grouts (sand-portland cement, dry -set, commercial portland cement, and latex-portland cement grouts) comply with ANSI ii A108.10. i 898-03 mrr P nn�nn c WATERPROOFING FOR THINSET TILE INSTALLATIONS Install waterproofing in compliance with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. FLOOR IP:STALLATION METHODS Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction, and grout types: Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. Concrete Subfloors, Interior: TCA F113. Grout: Latex-portland cement. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in• same type of setting bed as abutting field tile unless otherwise indicated. Install types of tile designated for wall application to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods, TCA installation method related to subsurface wall conditions, and grout types: Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A10E.5. Wood or Metal Studs. Interior: TCA W243. Grout: Latex-portland cement. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic y the surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Remove latex - portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous plumbing futures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile work. Protection: When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed the work with kra€t paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage and wear. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. L�Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 898-03 mrry nn�nn 1 TILE, CONT SCHEDULE OF TILE FINISHES See drawings for patterns and extents. Floor Space: Toilet Tile: 2 x 2 Ceramic Mosaic 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 Glazed Wall, See drawings. Base: - Coved Glazed Wall Substrate: Concrete slab Gypsum Backer Board Mortar: Dry Set (Factory sanded) Dry Set Grout: Latex Portland Cement Latex Portland Cement Remarks: TCA 113 TCA W243 Space: Showers Tile: 2 x 2 Ceramic Mosaic 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 Glazed Wall, See drawings. Base: - Caved Glazed Wall Substrate: Concrete slab Gypsum Backer Board Mortar: Dry Set (Factory sanded) Dry Set Grout: Latex Portland Cement Latex Portland Cement Remarks: TCA 113 TCA W243 898-03 MTre nn?nn - 0 i- SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY Extent of each type of acoustical ceiling is shown and scheduled on drawings. Types of acoustical ceilings specified in this section include the following: Acoustical panel ceilings, exposed suspension, non -fire -rated. Related Section: The following sections contain requirements that releate to this section: Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for solid gypsum board ceilings on suspended concealed grid or furring members. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard size samples of acoustical units, but not less than 6" square, and of exposed ceiling suspension members including wall and special moldings. Provide samples showing full range of colors, textures and patterns available for each type of component required. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide acoustical ceiling components that are identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics, according to ASTM test method indicated, by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate marking of applicable testing and inspecting agency. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A products.. Flame Spread: 25 or less. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. Coordination of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by, or penetrating through, ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition system. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes. 898-03 ACCUSTICAL CEILIN^S ^9510 - 1 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS. CONT Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. PROJECT CONDITIONS Space Enclosure: Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. MWOMMUMMU39M Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below matching products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with appropriate labels. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full size units equal to 2.0% of amount installed for each size. �LK+i�I���,��+faii�I�i►f��► i��ti�i�i:��i� Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide manufacturer's standard units of configuration indicated which are prepared for mounting method designated and which comply with FS SS-S-118 requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, form, pattern, grade (NRC or NIC' as applicable), light reflectance coefficient (LR), edge detail, and joint detail (if any). Colors, Textures. and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, surface textures, and patterns available for acoustical ceiling units and exposed metal suspension system members of quality designated. Mineral Composition Panels- Water Felted: with Standard STD 2X4 Washable Painted Finish: Provide Type III, Form 1 or 2 units per ASTM E 1264 and complying with the following requirements: Armstrong Minaboard, Fissured #755. (non -directional) USG Aurotone, Fissured #562. (non -directional) Color/Light Reflectance: White/LR 1 (75% and over). Color: Provide color to match that indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard color designations. (White). Grade: NRC 65. CSTC Range: 35-40. Edge Detail: Square. Size: 24" x 48" x 5/8" 898-03 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 2 units complying with the following requirements: Pattern "CD": Manufacturer's standard small perforated and fissured design; other tile characteristics as follows: USG #56645 Radar Ceramic "C1imaPlus". Color/Light Reflectance: White/LR 1 (35%). Grade: NRC .50-.65. CAC Ranae• 35-39. Edge Detail: Square. Size: 24"x48"x5/8" V. T?T2iT. C!TTC!DT?TTeTf)W C".vqTT?MC! Standard for Metal Suspension Systems: Provide metal suspension systems of type, structural classification and finish indicated which comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. For exposed suspension members and accessories with painted finish, provide color indicated. Attachment Devices: Size for 5-times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung. Wire for Hanaers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. she: Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct -Hung), will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch diameter (12 gage). Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. Non -Fire -Resistance -Rated Double Web Steel Suspension System: Manufacturer's standard system roll -formed from prefinished cold -rolled steel sheet with 15/16" wide exposed faces on structural members; other characteristics as follows: Structural Classification: Intermediate -Duty System. Finish: Painted, white. (Sleeping Areas) Finish: Natural Aluminum. (Toilets) Drawings are based on: Donn Corporation, AX Suspension System at Toilets. Donn Corporation, DX Suspension System at Sleeping Areas. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Manufacturers of Non -Fire -Resistance -Rated Double Web Steel Suspension Systems: 898-03 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS, CONT Drawings are based on: Donn Corporation, DX Suspension System at Interior. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 200 Snap -in Grid System. Eastern Products Div., Armstrong World Industries, Inc. National Rolling Mills, Inc. ".0014MU.1v Acoustical Sealant: Resilient, non -staining, non -shrinking, non -hardening, non -skinning, non-drying, non -sag sealant intended for interior sealing of concealed construction joints. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: BA-98; Pecora Corp. Tremco Acoustical Sealant; Tremco. PREPARATION Coordination: Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other supports required to be installed by other trades for support of acoustical ceilings. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling to comply with reflected ceiling plans. Avoid use of less -than -half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. INSTALLATION General: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, and to comply with governing regulations, fire -resistance rating requirements as indicated, and CISCA standards applicable to work. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally -patterned units in manner shown by reflected ceiling plans. Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers supported only from building structural members as follows: Secure wire hand by looping and wire -tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye -screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate, and which will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, countersplaying or other equally effective means. Provide 12 SWG hanger wire at duct, damper and light penetrations through fire -rated ceiling to comply in accordance with U.L. listing, spacing and number requirements. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members x, 898-03 H ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0�3510 - and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to other devices that are secure and appropriate for structure to which hangers are attached as well as for type of hanger involved, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Space hangers not more than 4'-0" o.c. along each carrying channel, direct -hung runner or member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 6 inches from ends of each member. Level to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". Install edge moldings of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of q acoustical units. Screw -attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". Niter corners accurately and connect securely. Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant at juncture of angle and wall to seal any gaps between wall and edge molding. Sealant to match color of edge molding. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. _ 898-03 ACOUSTICAL ^BILIN'70 09510 - 5 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. V V : WX43 4j00 Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules and is defined to include flooring materials, adhesives, accessories, leveling compound, floor preparation and labor required for proper installation. This Section includes the following: Vinyl composition tile. Resilient wall base. Resilient flooring accessories. SUBMITTALS Product Data: Submit two copies of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, samples of each type, color, and pattern of resilient flooring, including accessories required indicating full range of color and pattern variation. Replacement Material: After completion of work, deliver to project site replacement materials from same manufactured lot as materials installed, and as follows: Tile flooring, not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, for each type, size, and color installed. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than the following rating per ASTM E 648. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662. ` Maintain minimum temperature of 70 deg F in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. 898-03 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1 Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 deg F in areas where work is completed. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. ManufactLrer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Vinyl Composition Tile: Azrock Floor Products Div., Azrock Industries GAF Corp., Floor Products Div. Tarkett, Inc. Wall Base: Johnson Rubber Co., Flooring Accessories Div. Roppe Rubber Corp. Vinyl Plastic Inc. MATERIALS Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. POMMORODH Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products Composition 1 (nonasbestos formulated. Class: Class 1 (solid color tile). Class 2 (through pattern tile). Wearina Surface: Smooth. Thickness: 1/8 inch. Liza: 12-by-12 inches. complying with ASTM F 1066, Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturer's offering products which may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Azrock - Custom Cortina, Futura. Kentile - Architectural Criterion, Portilla II. Tarkett - Signals thru-chip, College thru=chip. Armstrong - Standard Excelon. Rubber Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type I. Style: 9 9 890V-03 RESILIENT FLJJRIPtG 09650 - 2 Cove with top -set toe. Minimum Nominal Thickness: 1/E inch. Height: 4 inches. Lengths: Cut lengths 4 feet long, or coils in manufacturer but not less than 100 feet. Exterior Corners: Premolded or formed on job. Interior Corners: Job -formed only. Ends: Premolded. lengths standard with Rubber Accessories: Products complying with following requirements: Product Description: " Carpet edge for glue down applications. Reducer strip for resilient flooring. Profile and Dimensions: As required. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors produced for rubber accessories complying with requirements indicated. Trowelable Underlavments and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland-cement-based formulation provided or approved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated. Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. Concrete Slab Primer: Non -staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. General: Examine areas where installation of resilient floor coverings will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with floor covering manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by floor covering manufacturer. Finishes of subfloors comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for slabs receiving resilient flooring. - Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. S9S-03 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3 Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete subfloors to determine if surfaces are sufficiently cured and dry as well as to ascertain presence of curing compounds. Prior to installation of flooring material, this contractor shall test for sufficient slab dryness using Rubber Manufacturer's Association moisture test method. The emission of moisture vapor from the floor shall not exceed 3 pounds per 1000 sq. ft. per 24 hr. period. Do not allow resilient flooring work to proceed until subfloor surfaces are satisfactory. Prepare subfloor surfaces as follows: Use leveling and patching compounds as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks, holes and depressions in subfloors. Control or construction joints are to be filled with latex patching compound formulated with Portland cement, fine aggregate and organic latex. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including curing compounds incompatible with resilient flooring adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. Following cleaning, examine substrates to determine if there is visually any evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation or dust. Apply concrete slab primer, if recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's directions. Install flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring and accessories to permanent fixtures, built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non -permanent marking device.' Install flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items occurring within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll resilient flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. 898-03 RESILT7'NT FLOORING 09650 - 4 RESILIENT FLOORING, CONT INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 the at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. Lay field tiles in basket weave pattern with grain direction alternating between reversed in adjacent tiles. Lay tiles in pattern with respect to location of colors, patterns, and sizes as indicated on Drawings. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. drt+TT T TmTnWT nV Ar10Ta00nDTQQ Apply wall base to walls, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. Install inside and exterior corners before installing straight pieces. Install premolded outside corners before installing straight pieces. Form inside corners on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary _ to produce snug fit to substrate. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Perform following operations immediately upon completion of resilient flooring: Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. Damp -mop floor, being careful to remove black marks and excessive soil. ." Protect flooring against damage during construction period to comply with resilient flooring manufacturer's directions. Clean resilient flooring not more than four days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Clean resilient flooring by method recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. Apply recommended cross -linked acrylic floor wax to Vinyl Composition rt Tile. _ 808-03 RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 5 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. c This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of all exposed exterior items and surfaces which are presently painted or stained including but not limited to the following: Finishing of existing interior walls, doors, and frames as scheduled. Exposed interior items and surfaces, walls, doors and frames. Joint treatment, drywall tape, compound treatment and finish texture is part of the work of this section. Faint exposed surfaces except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mentioned an item or surface, paint the item or the surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. Do not paint prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. Frefinished items include the following factory -finished components: Acoustic wall panels. Frefinished anodized aluminum windows and doors. Laminate toilet enclosures and accessories. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. Light fixtures. Acoustical ceilings. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings generally inaccessible areas: Foundation spaces. Furred areas. Ceiling plenums. Utility tunnels. Pipe spaces. Duck shafts. Finished metal surfaces includes the following: Anodized aluminum. Stainless steel. Chromium plate. Copper. Bronze and brass. in the following QAeratina parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: Valve and damper operators. Motor and fan shafts. Linkages. Fire sprinkler heads. Bensing devices. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, (UL) Factory t_ 898-03 PAINTING 09910 - 1 Mutual (FM), or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. Related Sections include the following: Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for shop priming interior architectural woodwork. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants. Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming steel doors and frames. DEFINITIONS General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85 degree meter. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60 degree meter. Satin refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60 degree meter. Semi -gloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60 degree meter. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60 degree meter. FRUSINOWWOM Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers. Material List: Provide and inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. Certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Samples for finish texture selection shall be submitted on 24" square sample of the specified bases material. Textured sample is to be finished with all specified coating applied to represent a finished wall. At contractors option and with the approval of the Architect samples of finish maybe applied to designated areas at the job site for review and acceptance. Samiles for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions at the jobsite. Submit Samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4 by 8 inch samples of natural or stained -wood finish on actual wood surfaces Wall Textures: Provide two 24 inch by 24 inch samples of wall texture on gypsum board. Ceiling Textures: Provide two 24 inch by 24 inch samples of ceiling texture on gypsum board. 898-03 PAINTING 09910 - 2 Applicator Oualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. Source Limitations: Obtain primers and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. _n Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: Product name or title of material. Product description (generic classification or binder type). .z Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. q Application instructions. Color name and number. Clean-up requirements. - VOC content. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in. a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling , mixing, and application. • • a �Ki}►�ilEiFli�si► Apply water -based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F and 90 deg F. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F and 95 deg F. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces nor during sandstorms. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. Cold Weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55 degrees F maintain continuous, uniform building temperature of not less that 55 degrees F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to, during and following painting and joint treatment. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for drying joint treatment material immediately ' after its application. Prevent too rapid drying during hot weather. _ 898-03 PAINTTNG 09910 - 3 Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied in the quantities described below. Package paint materials in unopened, factory -sealed containers for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to the Owner. Quantity: Furnish the Owner with one gallon of extra paint materials for each applied color. Label each container with manufacturer, local supplier, paint color, and paint code. PART Z - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products in the paint schedules. Manufacturers Names: The following manufacturers are referred to in the paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names, which are shown in parentheses: Kelly Moore Paints (K-M). The Glidden Company (Glidden). Benjamin Moore and Co., (Moore). PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG). The Sherwin-Williams Company (S-W). Material Compatibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible. with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Material Ouality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect. GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Setting -Type Joint Compounds: Factory -prepackaged, job -mixed, chemical -hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. Where setting -type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and taping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest 898-03 PAINTING 09910 - 4 9 in f, PAINTING, CON bond strength and crack resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base for ceramic tile, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. Dryinq_Type Joint Compounds: Factory -prepackaged vinyl -based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. Ready -Mix Formulation: Factory -premixed product. Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim. Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third) _ . coats. All-purpose compound formulated for use as both taping and topping compound. TEXTURE FINISH MATERIALS Primer: Of type recommended by manufacturer of texture finish. Aggregate Finish for Walls: Texture XII Drywall Surfacer (aggregated): United States Gypsum Co. Examine substrates and conditions with the Applicator present, under which joint work and painting will be performed for compliance with paint and finish application requirements. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. Start of painting and joint work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Provide barrier coats [ over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. 1 Prior to application, notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. PAINTING PREPARATION General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place that are - not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. Cleaning: Before applying paint or surface treatments, clean the substrates that could impair the bond of various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. - 898-03 PAINTING 09910 - 5 PAINTING, CONT Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete and concrete masonry block to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of finish paint, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, doors, counters, cases, and paneling. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not e been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. (SSPC). Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non- petroleum -based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. r Lj 898-03 PAINT7T/3 09910 - 6 PATNTTNG. CONT Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. APPL.TCATTON General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles, Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field -finished casework to match exterior. Sand lightly between each succeeding coats on wood or metal. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturers directions. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop -primed and touch up painted. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, weld, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. �._ Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. Spray EauiAment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required . _. 898-03 PAI*:TING 09910 - 7 PAINTING, CONT Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. Block Filler: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. Pigmented (.Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness,' or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Provide satin finish for final coats. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints penetrations; fastener heads, surfaces defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Prefill open joints and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting -type joint compound. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim accessories are indicated. Finish interior gypsum wallboard by applying the following, joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: Embedding and First Coat: Ready -mix Setting -type all-purpose or taping compound. Full (Second) Coat: Ready -mix setting -type all-purpose or topping compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready -mix setting -type all purpose or topping compound. Finish exterior gypsum soffit board by using setting -type joint compounds to prefill joints, embed tape, and to apply first, fill (second) and 890V-03 PAINTING 09910 - 8 PAINTING, CONT finish (third) coats; smooth each coat before joint compound hardens to r minimize need for sanding; sand between coats and after finish coat. Water -Resistant Backing Board Base for Ceramic Tile: Finish joints between water-resistant backing board with tape and setting -type joint compound to comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations and installation standards referenced in Division-9 Section "Tile." Partial Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall construction which is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire -resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. s Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and prime drTvall and other surfaces in strict accordance with texture finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply 'Sheet Rock' First Coat primer to all surfaces to achieve texture finish. Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform texture matching Architect's sample without starved spots or other evidence of thin application, and free of application patterns and lines. Remove any texture droppings or overspray from door frames, windows, light fixtures, equipment, electrical boxes and other adjoining -, construction. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. °95-03 PT TrTT.L !VTrT/� 09910 - 9 E L ! EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide following paint systems for various substrates, as indicated. Pavement -Marking Paint: Latex, waterborne emulsion, lead and chromate free, ready mixed, complying with FS TT-P-1952, with drying time of less than 45 minutes. Color: White - 2 coats Color: Handicapped spaces and access striping to be blue background with white stripes or symbols. z t c ► a Provide following paint systems for various substrates, as indicated. Concrete Masonry Units: ENAMEL: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Emulsion Masonry Block Filler 6-7 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 Apply filler coat at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. Not less than 3.5 mils dry film thickness, excluding first coat. Gypsum Drywall Systems: ENAMEL: 1st Coat - Sand finished texture with Latex Primer -Sealer 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 2.5 mils dry film thickness. SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over gypsum board where vinyl or paper wall fabric is to be applied. Woodwork and Trim: ENAMEL: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Water Base Undercoater 6-755 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Semi -Gloss Latex Enamel 6-510 Not less than 4.5 mils dry film thickness. Stained Woodwork: VARNISH: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Rez Sealer Primer 77-1 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9 898-03 PAINTING 09910 - 10 FAINTING, CONT Interior Metal Frames: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Inhibition Red Primer 6-203, brushed 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel (spray) Ord Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel (spray) First coat may be omitted on shop primed items. 89S-03 PAIP.TING 09910 - 11 ':; GENERAL Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. _-V N_1 This Section includes toilet compartments and screens as follows: Type: Steel, baked enamel color -coated finish. Compartment Style: Overhead braced and floor anchored. Screen Style: Floor anchored with overhead brace. Related Sections include the following: Division 10 "Toilet and Bath Accessories" for toilet paper holders, grab bars, purse shelves, and similar accessories. Product Data: For each type and style of toilet compartment and screen specified. Include details of construction relative to materials, fabrication, and installation. Include details of anchors, hardware, and fastenings. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation of toilet compartment and screen assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show locations of reinforcement and cutouts `for compartment -mounted toilet accessories. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in areas measurements before fabrication and indicate Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with avoid delaying the Work. 11"AdUQU46 Available Manufacturers: Subject manufacturers offering products that include, but are not limited to, the American Sanitary Partition Corp. General Partitions Mfg. Corp. Knickerbocker Partition Corp. Sanymetal Products Co. Santana Products, Inc. 4F;'V a DoalraiR of installation by field measurements on Shop construction progress to to compliance with requirements, may be incorporated into the Work following: General: Provide materials that have been selected for surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or 090-03 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 1 other imperfections on finished units are unacceptable. Steel Sheets for Baked Enamel Finish: ASTM A 591, Class C, galvanized- bounderized, of the following minimum thickness: Pilastarc !Oy_rh ad Rra_edl: 20 gage. pilasters (Unbraced): 16 gage. Panels and Screens: 20 gage Doors: 22 gage. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304 stainless steel, not less than 0.0312 inch thick and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware. Full -Height (Continuous) Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design for attaching panels and screens to walls and pilasters of the following material: ri Material: Stainless steel. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy-duty operating hardware and accessories of the following material: Material: Stainless steel. Overhead Bracina: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded -aluminum head rail with antigrip profile in manufacturer's standard finish. Anchoraaes and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel or chrome -plated steel or brass, finished to match hardware, with theft -resistant -type heads. Provide sex -type bolts for through -bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use hot -dip galvanized or other rust -resistant, protective -coated steel. General: Provide standard doors, panels, screens, and pilasters fabricated for compartment system. Overhead -Braced -and Floor -Anchored Compartments: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant supports, leveling mechanism, fasteners, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Make provisions for setting and securing continuous head rail at top of each pilaster. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. All pilasters are to extend to the floor. At urinal screen provide a full height pilaster and overhead braces to wall and partition. Door Dimensions:_ Unless otherwise indicated, furnish 24" wide in -swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36" wide out - swinging doors at compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible as required by local and State authorities. Comply with American Disabilities Act (ADA) and Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS). Hardware: Furnish hardware for each compartment in partition system, as follows: Hinges: Cutouts inset type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. Provide gravity type, spring -action cam type, or concealed torsion rod type, to suit manufacturer's standards. Latch and Keener: Recessed latch unit, designed for emergency access, V 9 V- 0 3 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 2 with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible. (ADA) Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard unit, combination hook and rubber -tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment - mounted accessories. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber -tipped bumpers at out - swinging doors or entrance screen doors. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit that complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at out - swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be handicapped accessible. 064*13 . General: Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence. Install partitions rigid, straight, plumb, and level. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2" between pilasters and panels, and not more than 1" between panels and walls. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. Secure panels to walls and panels with continuous stirrup brackets attached near top, middle, and bottom of panel. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. Overhead -Braced -and Floor -Anchored Compartments: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with not less than 2 fasteners. Hang doors and adjust so that tops of doors are parallel with overhead -brace when doors are in closed position. Screens: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten installation with devices furnished. Attach screens with anchoring devices according to manufacturer's written instructions and to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb and to resist lateral impact. Accessories: Mount accessories to partition units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to ADA and TAS requirements. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Set hinges on in -swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out -swinging doors and swing doors in entrance screens to return to fully closed position. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure toilet compartments and screens are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. Clean exposed surface of partition systems using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer. I-, _< B9B-03 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155 - 3 Anchors and Inserts: Use non-ferrous metal or hot -dipped galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Post: 2" diameter galvanized pipe. General: Fabricate panel signs to comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes and details of construction. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16" measured diagonally from corner to corner. Unframed Interior Panel Signs: Fabricate unframed panel signs with edges mechanically and smoothly finished to conform with the following requirements: Size. 6" x 8"• Thickness: .125 inches for injected molded signs. Edge Condition: Square cut. .Corner Condition: Rounded to 1/2" radius. Typical Sianaae size or copy size may vary from sizes shown in Signage Schedule to accommodate excessive or scarce copy as scheduled at no additional cost. Provide stock pictograms and copy signs. Typestyle: - Optima Bold. Pictograms - P118 (Restroom/Access) at each restroom door. Unframed Exterior Post Sians: Fabricate using flat aluminum sheets with baked enamel finish with screen printed copy. Provide international symbols as indicated on drawings. Size: 12" x 18". Thickness: .005. Corner Condition: Rounded to 1/2" radius. Sign size or copy may vary provided overall product meets compliance requirements. See plans for typical copy. General: Locate sign units and accessories where shown or scheduled, using mounting methods of type described and in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Verify mounting locations of all signs before installation and install to meet ADA-AG and TAS mounting heights and locations. All room signage is required to be mounted beside the door. I 898-03 SPECIALTY SIGNS 10440 - 2 Install sign units level, plumb and at height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Wall -Mounted Units: Attach panel signs to wall and/or door surfaces using silicone adhesive and mechanically fastened mounting. Use standard liquid or high grade industrial silicone adhesive recommended by sign manufacturer to attach sign units to irregular, porous or vinyl -covered wall surfaces. Use double -sided vinyl tape where recommended by sign manufacturer to hold sign in place until adhesive has fully cured. Post Mounted Signs: Install post as indicated on the drawing with coupling installed at grade. Set post in concrete footing as noted. Install sign to post using non -corrosive through -bolt fasteners extending through both faces of the mounting pipe. 1_' 090-03 SFECIALTY SIGNS 10440 - 3 a Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK Extent of each type of toilet accessory is indicated on drawings and schedules. Work includes: Salvage and relocation of existing toilet accessories as shown on the drawings. Types of toilet accessories required include the following: Grab bars. Shower curtain rod and hooks. Towel bars. Towel shelves. Folding shower seat. Combination mirror with utility shelf unit. wtaflfo;.� Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid interference and to assure proper operation and servicing of accessory units. Products: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. FKij�'vi���i►�►j Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each toilet accessory. Setting Drawings: Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage devices and cut-out requirements in other work. i Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: American Dispenser Co., Inc. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Bradley Corporation. Continental Mfg. Co. �*}7� p898-03 p OTLET AND 1..ATv A1 [�"CESSORIES 10801-1 TO TTIRT nnn BATH ACCESSORTIi'c CONT printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. Surface Mounted Toilet Accessories General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. Recessed Toilet Accessor; ^ General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units of all welded construction, without mitered corners. Hang doors or access panels with full-length stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage which is fully concealed when unit is closed. k. Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Comply with all height and clearance requirements as recommended by the American Disability Act or as stated in the American Disability Act Accessibility Guidelines. Install grab bars at handicapped stalls and are to be mounted horizontally at 33" to 36" above finish floor. Grab bars and associated fittings are to be installed to withstand 250 pounds of load as required by ADA and TAS guidelines and standards. Install dispensers and other equipment no higher than 48" above finish floor to mouth or dispensing point or lever control which ever is higher. Secure mirror to wall in tamper proof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts or screws. Center over lavatory. Set unit plumb, level and square at locations indicated in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. Mount accessible mirror with bottom of reflective surface no more than 40" above finish floor. G� k mal"amedel :\ k Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. 11 898-03 10801-4 TOILET RND BATH ACCESSORIES ' ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 15010 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and the Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The contractor shall provide complete and operational systems at the completion of the contract. The contractor shall provide all labor and materials required to comply with the intent of these documents, locat codes and ordinances, whether specifically indicated or not. B. Each bidder shall examine the plans and specification for the general construction. If these documents show any item requiring work under division 15 or 16 and that work is not indicated on the respective "M", "P", or "E" drawings, he shall notify the Architect in sufficient time to clarify before bidding. If no notification is received, the Contractor is assumed to require no clarification, and shall install the work as indicated on the General Plans in accordance with the Specifications. C. Order of Precedence shall be observed in laying out pipe, ductwork, material and conduit in order to fit the material into the space above the ceiling and in chases and walls. The following order shall govern: 1. Items affecting visual appearance of the inside of the building such as lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, outlets, panel boards, etc. 2. Lines requiring grade to function such as sewer and storm drain lines. 3. Large ducts and pipes with critical clearances. 4. Conduit, water lines, and other lines whose routing is not critical and whose function would not be impaired by bends and offsets. D. Exceptions and inconsistencies in plans and specifications shall be brought to the Architect's attention before the contract is signed. Otherwise the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be necessary to accommodate his particular apparatus, material or equipment. 1.3 TERMINOLOGY A. Whenever the words "provide", "furnish and install' or other similar phrases occur, it is the intent that the materials and equipment described be furnished, installed and connected under this division of the specification, complete for operation unless specifically noted otherwise. B. The use of the word "shall" conveys a mandatory condition of the contract. C. "This section" always refers to the section in which the statement occurs. D. "The project" includes all work in progress during the construction period. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1.4 INSPECTION OF THE SITE 8/22/2003 A. The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing mechanical and electrical installations. The bidders for work under these sections shall inspect existing conditions and acquaint themselves with the existing installations and thoroughly acquaint themselves with conditions to be met and work to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing work, and in installing the new work in the present building and underground serving to and from the structure. Failure to do so shall not constitute grounds for any additional payments in connection with removing or modifying any part of the existing installation or installing any new work. 1.5 ACCESS DOORS A. Provide access doors in ceilings and walls where required for access to devices not readily accessible through lift -out or moveable panels. Devices requiring access include but are not limited to electrical junction and pull boxes, valves, equipments, duct access doors, etc. B. Unless specified in other sections provide access doors equivalent to Milcor Type DW acess doors for installation in non -fire rated assemblies or Milcor fire rated doors for either wall or ceiling application in fire rated assemblies. 1.6 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide quantities of products, spare parts, maintenance tools, and maintenance materials specified in individual sections to be provided to Owner, in addition to that required for completion of Work. B. Coordinate with Owner: Deliver and unload spare products to Owner at Project site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. Owner will handle and store products. C. For portions of Project accepted and occupied by Owner prior to Substantial Completion, deliver a proportional part of spare products to Owner; obtain receipt. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 - 2 f IALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Transition fittings. 3. Dielectric fittings. 4. Escutcheons. 5. Mechanical demolition. 6. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 7. Painting and finishing. 8. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors of subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 8/22/2003 A. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 2 C ' ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 ' 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining _'. methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B 1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. C. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 2.4 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With spring clips and chrome -plated finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Disconnect, demolish, and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 4. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 5. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 6. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 7. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. 11 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 3 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 B. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: M. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. N. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 15 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 4 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Plastic Piping Solvent -Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.7 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. 1 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 - 5 �.Y ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C. Attach to substrates as required to -support applied loads. END OF SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15050 6 i 'i ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 r-� SECTION 15083 - PIPE INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions -of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes preformed, rigid and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field - applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any), for each type of product indicated. B. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke -developed rating of 50 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. PIPE INSULATION 15083 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. C. Coordinate installation and testing of steam or electric heat tracing. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat -trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: a. CertainTeed Manson. b. Knauf FiberGlass GmbH. C. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. d. Schuller International, Inc. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Rubatex Corp. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory -applied, all- purpose, vapor -retarder jacket. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed -cell, sponge- or expanded -rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type H for sheet materials. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. Ultraviolet -Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. PIPE INSULATION 15083 - 2 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and fmishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses required for each piping system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. E. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. F. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. G. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. H. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor - retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties. I. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -retarder mastic. 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. PIPE INSULATION 15083 - 3 _v ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. J. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder. K. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors. 3.4 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: l . Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. 3.5 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. PIPE INSULATION 15083 - 4 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 I -1 3.6 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, vapor retarders, and field -applied jackets. B. Application schedules identify piping system and indicate pipe size ranges and material, thickness, and jacket requirements. 3.7 INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. Operating Temperature: 60 to 140 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Cellular glass, with jacket. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Pipe, all sizes:: 1" 4. Field -Applied Jacket: None. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 6. Finish: None. B. Service: Domestic chilled water. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 60 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Mineral fiber. 3. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Copper Pipe, All Sizes: 1/2" 4. Field -Applied Jacket: None. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. C. Service: Exposed sanitary drains and domestic water supplies and stops for fixtures for the disabled. 1. Operating Temperature: 35 to 120 deg F. 2. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 3. Insulation Thickness: 1/2" 4. Field -Applied Jacket: PVC P-trap and supply covers. 5. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 6. Finish: None. END OF SECTION 15083 PIPE INSULATION 15083 - 5 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 15140 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes domestic water piping inside the building. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping systems with 80 psig , unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint or threaded ends. B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint or threaded ends. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." 3.2 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Under -Building -Slab, Domestic Water Piping on House Side of Water Meter, NPS 4 and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. C. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 2. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 3. NPS 2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use cast- iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Install under -building -slab copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 - 2 t_ ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 : i' C. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead -free - alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated. A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls, if indicated. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. B. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. C. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Cold -water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 - 3 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1_ 8/22/2003 M A. LO 3.9 A. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect domestic water piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Test domestic water piping as follows: 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 - 4 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. END OF SECTION 15140 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15140 - 5 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 15150 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the building: 1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Special pipe fittings. 3. Encasement for underground metal piping. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings. B. Field quality -control inspection and test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. 2.3 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B 16.23, cast copper or ASME B 16.29, wrought copper, solder joint fittings. B. Hard Copper'Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought - copper, solder joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. 2.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Solid -wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 2 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping [NPS 5 and larger] <Insert pipe size range> shall be the following: 1. Solid -wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. C. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Solid -wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. D. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be the following: 1. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent -cemented joints. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long -turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. C. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. D. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 2. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. E. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665. F. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321. G. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 3 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 1 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 15 Section "Hangers and Supports." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. B. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. C. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod. D. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches. E. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. r! 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 4 { ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 3.7 A. C. 0 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing -in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent - stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.8 CLEANING A. C. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 5 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 3.9 PROTECTION A. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water - based latex paint. END OF SECTION 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 15150 - 6 I- t,,; ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS I1GI:�rilQe3��i� 7Gjl 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and the Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The contractor shall provide complete and operational systems at the completion of the contract. The contractor shall provide all labor and mateials required to comply with the intent of these documents, locat codes and ordinances, whether specifically indicated or not. B. Each bidder shall examine the plans and specification for the general construction. If these documents show any item requiring work under division 15 or 16 and that work is not indicated on the respective "M", "P", or "E" drawings, he shall notify the Architect in sufficient time to clarify before bidding. If no notification is received, the Contractor is assumed to require no clarification, and shall install the work as indicated on the General Plans in accordance with the Specifications. C. Order of Precedence shall be observed in laying out pipe, ductwork, material and conduit in order to fit the material into the space above the ceiling and in chases and walls. The following order shall govern: 1. Items affecting visual appearance of the inside of the building such as lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, outlets, panel boards, etc. 2. Lines requiring grade to function such as sewer and storm drain lines. 3. Large ducts and pipes with critical clearances. 4. Conduit, water lines, and other lines whose routing is not critical and whose function would not be impaired by bends and offsets. D. Exceptions and inconsistencies in plans and specifications shall be brought to the Architect's attention before the contract is signed. Otherwise the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be necessary to accommodate his particular apparatus, material or equipment. 1.3 TERMINOLOGY A. Whenever the words "provide", "famish and install' or other similar phrases occur, it is the intent that the materials and equipment described be furnished, installed and connected under this division of the specification, complete for operation unless specifically noted otherwise. B. The use of the word "shall' conveys a mandatory condition of the contract. C. "This section" always refers to the section in which the statement occurs. D. "The project" includes all work in progress during the construction period. BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 1.4 INSPECTION OF THE SITE A. The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing mechanical and electrical installations. The bidders for work under these sections shall inspect existing conditions and acquaint themselves with the existing installations and thoroughly acquaint themselves with conditions to be met and work to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing work, and in installing the new work in the present building and underground serving to and from the structure. Failure to do so shall not constitute grounds for any additional payments in connection with removing or modifying any part of the existing installation or installing any new work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ELECTRICAL INSTALLAITON MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide #10 conductors for all 120v circuits over 100' in length and 277 v circuits over 250'; in length B. Extend conduit from below concrete slab to above finished slabs using Rigid or IMC stub up. C. Provide set screw connectors for EMT conduit for conduit 2" and larger. Use compression conductors for conduit smaller than 2". D. Provide V conduit with pullwire from 4sq box for individual communication outlets to above ceiling. Provide bushing on conduit 12" above ceiling.. E. Provide 1" conduit with pull wire from 4sq box for individual data outlets outlets to above ceiling. Provide bushing on conduit 12" above ceiling.. F. Provide 1" conduit with pull wire from 4sq box for combined data/communications outlets G. Provide GFI outlets in all "WP" weatherproof outlets. END OF SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010 - 2 r ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS i71148weJ 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Raceways. 2. Building wire and connectors. 3. Supporting devices for electrical components. 4. Electrical identification. 5. Electrical demolition. 6. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 7. Touchup painting. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. C. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. D. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 5 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate chases, slots, inserts, sleeves, and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow. 1. Set inserts and sleeves in poured -in -place concrete, masonry work, and other structural components as they are constructed. B. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building. C. Where electrical identification devices are applied to field -finished surfaces, coordinate installation of identification devices with completion of finished surface. D. Where electrical identification markings and devices will be concealed by acoustical ceilings and similar finishes, coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS A. EMT: ANSI C80.3, zinc -coated steel, with set -screw or compression fittings. B. FMC: Zinc -coated steel. C. IMC: ANSI C80.6, zinc -coated steel, with threaded fittings. D. LFMC: Zinc -coated steel with sunlight -resistant and mineral -oil -resistant plastic jacket. E. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 PVC, with NEMA TC3 fittings. F. Raceway Fittings: Specifically designed for the raceway type with which used. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors, No. 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid or stranded copper. B. Conductors, Larger Than No. 10 AWG: Stranded copper. C. Insulation: Thermoplastic, rated at 75 deg C minimum. D. Wire Connectors and Splices: Units of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class suitable for service indicated. r'! 0 iN :a J BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 2 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 2.3 SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Material: Cold -formed steel, with corrosion -resistant coating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Slotted -Steel Channel Supports: Flange edges turned toward web, and 9/16-inch- diameter slotted holes at a maximum of 2 inches o.c., in webs. C. Raceway and Cable Supports: Manufactured clevis hangers, riser clamps, straps, threaded C- clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring -steel clamps or click - type hangers. D. Expansion Anchors: Carbon -steel wedge or sleeve type. E. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 2.4 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Identification Devices: A single type of identification product for each application category. Use colors prescribed by ANSI Al3.1, NFPA 70, and these Specifications. B. Tape Markers for Wire: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound type with preprinted numbers and letters. C. Color -Coding Cable Ties: Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type. Colors to suit coding scheme. 2.5 TOUCHUP PAINT A. For Equipment: Equipment manufacturer's paint selected to match installed equipment finish. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc -rich paint recommended by item manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom. B. Materials and Components: Install level, plumb, and parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, unless otherwise indicated. C. Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with other installations. D. Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 3 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS t-, 8/22/2003 3.2 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Use the following raceways for indoor installations: 1. Exposed: EMT. 2. Concealed: EMT. 3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: FMC; except in wet or damp locations, use LFMC. 4. Damp or Wet Locations: IMC. 5. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 RACEWAY AND CABLE INSTALLATION A. Conceal raceways and cables, unless otherwise indicated, within finished walls, ceilings, and floors. B. Install raceways and cables at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Locate horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. C. Use temporary raceway caps to prevent foreign matter from entering. D. Make conduit bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. E. Use raceway and cable fittings compatible with raceways and cables and suitable for use and location. F. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use No. 14 AWG zinc -coated steel or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire. G. Install telephone and signal system raceways, 2-inch trade size and smaller, in maximum lengths of 150 feet and with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements, in addition to requirements above. 3.4 WIRING METHODS FOR POWER, LIGHTING, AND CONTROL CIRCUITS A. Underground Feeders and Branch Circuits: Type THWN or single -wire, Type OF insulated conductors in raceway. B. Branch Circuits: Type THHN/THWN insulated conductors in raceway. 3.5 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. B. Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each outlet. BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 4 } _ , ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 F C. Connect outlet and component connections to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. 3.6 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION A. Damp Locations and Outdoors: Hot -dip galvanized materials or nonmetallic, U-channel system - components. B. Dry Locations: Steel materials. C. Selection of Supports: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Strength of Supports: Adequate to carry present and future loads, times a safety factor of at least four; minimum of 200-lb design load. 3.7 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components. B. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways. Provide U-bolts, clamps, attachments, and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits. C. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or bracket -type hangers. D. Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future. E. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable -iron pipe hangers or clamps. F. Install 1/4-inch- diameter or larger threaded steel hanger rods, unless otherwise indicated. G. Spring -steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used instead of malleable -iron hangers for 1-1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and angle supports. H. Securely fasten electrical items and their supports to the building structure, unless otherwise indicated. Perform fastening according to the following unless other fastening methods are ,. indicated: 1. Masonry: Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion bolts on solid masonry units. 2. � New Concrete: Concrete inserts with machine screws and bolts. 3. Existing Concrete: Expansion bolts. 4. Instead of expansion bolts, threaded studs driven by a powder charge and provided with lock washers may be used in existing concrete. 5. Steel: Welded threaded studs or spring -tension clamps on steel. a. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. a L' BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 5 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 6. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded studs, not for conduits, pipe - straps, or other items. 7. Light Steel: Sheet -metal screws. 8. Fasteners: Select so the load applied to each fastener does not exceed 25 percent of its proof -test load. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES A. Install at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Tag and label circuits designated to be extended in the future. Identify source and circuit numbers in each cabinet, pull and junction box, and outlet box. Color -coding may be used for voltage and phase identification. C. Color -code 208/120-V system secondary service, feeder, and branch -circuit conductors throughout the secondary electrical system as follows: 1. Phase A: Black. P! 2. Phase B: Red. 3. Phase C: Blue. 3.9 DEMOLITION A. Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain. If damaged or disturbed in the course of the Work, remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality. B. Accessible Work: Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations, indicated to be demolished, in their entirety. C. Abandoned Work: Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring, indicated to be abandoned in place, 2 inches below the surface of adjacent construction. Cap raceways and patch surface to match existing finish. l D. Remove demolished material from Project site. E. Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components indicated for - relocation. 3.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING A: Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces required to permit electrical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. B. Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces. Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed. Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved. J BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 6 E i € _., 11 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed components for damage and faulty work, including the following: 1. Raceways. 2. Building wire and connectors. 3. Supporting devices for electrical components. 4. Electrical identification. 5. Electrical demolition. 6. Cutting and patching for electrical construction. 7. Touchup painting. 3.12 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Refinish and touch up paint. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." 1. Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location. 2. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation and for timing and application of successive coats. 3. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 4. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.13 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. On completion of installation, including outlets, fittings, and devices, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, paint spots, and construction debris. B. Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16050 - 7 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Single and duplex receptacles, ground -fault circuit interrupters, integral surge suppression units, and isolated -ground receptacles. 2. Single- and double -pole snap switches and dimmer switches. 3. Device wall plates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. Comply with NFPA 70. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Wiring Devices: a. Bryant Electric, Inc./Hubbell Subsidiary. b. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. WIRING DEVICES 16140 - 1 ALLIED ASSOCIATES CONSULTING ENGINEERS 8/22/2003 B. Receptacles DEVICE RATING VOLTAGE MODEL NO MANUFACTURER Duplex Receptacle 15A 125 5252 Hubbell Duplex Receptacle 20A 125 5362 Hubbell Ground Fault Receptacle 125 GF-5362 Hubbell (Provide red face and device plate on all outlets served from emergency electrical service) 3.5 DRvM4ER CONTROLS A. Slide Dimmers WATTS VOLTAGE MODEL NO MANUFACTURER 60OW 120V NT-600 Lutron 1000W 120V NT-1000 Lutron 150OW 120V NT-1500 Lutron END OF SECTION 16140 WRUNG DEVICES 16140 - 4